RUSSIAN METAL WORKING MACHINERY

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
• Release Decision: RIPPUB
• Original Classification: U
• Document Page Count: 124
• Document Creation Date: December 27, 2016
• Document Release Date: February 25, 2013
• Sequence Number: 5
• Publication Date: December 20, 1957
• Content Type: REPORT

Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STAT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
This catalogue contains short specifications of the most common
'types of metal-working machinery exported by the Vsesojuznoje
Exportno-Importnoje Objedinenije "Stankoimport".
Detailed pamphlets sent on request.
All inquiries and correspondence to be forwarded to:
Vsesojuznoje Exportno-Iinportnoje Objedinenije
"Stankoimport"
32/34, Smolenskaja-Sennaja p1., Moscow, USSR
For cables: Stankoimport Moscow
Phone: G 4-21-32
CONTENTS
Mechanical Presses Page
Gap-frame single crank press, model K 115 A .............................. 7
Gap-frame single crank press, model K 110 B .................... ......... 9
1
Single crank horn press with adjustable swinging table, model K 126..... . . . . . . . 13
Gap-frame single crank press, model K 117 A ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Gap-frame single crank press, model K 117 r ..................... . ? ? ? ? ? ? 17
Inclinable single crank single action press, model KA 235 ................. ...... 19
Inclinable single crank single action press, model K 237 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Friction screw press, model (IAA 122 ........................................ 23
Friction screw press, model (DA 124 ........................................ 25
Friction screw press, model (DA 127 .....................................' 25
Straight-side single crank press, model KA 262 .... ? .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29
Straight-side single crank enclosed press, model K 27313 ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2
Straight-side single crank press, model K 265 .......................... . . ... .
Straight-side single crank double action drawing press, model K 460 ............. 33
Straight-side single crank double action drawing press, model K 471 ............. . ?35
Straight-side single crank double action drawing press, model K 475 ............. 37
Two point single action enclosed press, model IC 372 A .................... ... 40
Two point single action enclosed press, model K 374 B ............... ? 42
Straight-side double crank single action press, model K 366 .................. 44
44
Straight-side double crank single action press, model K 365 ................ 46
Straight-side double crank single action press, model K 367 .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ' 50
Knuckle joint coining press, model K 845 .............................."-.. 52
Knuckle joint coining press, model K 846 ...................... ? ........ 54
Mechanical forging press, model K 862 ...........................?..... 56
Mechanical forging press, model K 863 ....................................56
Mechanical forging press, model K 864 ..................................... 58
Mechanical forging press, model 1I1KII 1500 .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Mechanical forging press, model MKII 2500 .................................
Straight-side single crank trimming press with outer slide, model K 984 ......... 64
Straight-side single crank trimming press with outer slide, model IC 987. ... . . . .. 66
Straightening single crank press, model KB 105 .................... 69
Straightening single crank press, model K 108 ........................? 73
Punching press, model K 196 ...... ................... .............. "
Automatic seven spindle sheet metal stamping press, model A 821 .............. 75
hydraulic Presses
General purpose hydraulic press, model 11B 452 ............................. 79
General purpose hydraulic press, model IIA 454 ........................? 81
General purpose hydraulic press, model 11 457 ............................... 83
Plastics molding hydraulic press, model 11B 474 .............................. 85
Plastics molding hydraulic press, model 11476 . ................... . . . . . . ? ... 87
Hydraulic straightening press, model II 413 ................................. 89
Hydraulic die embossing press, model 11053 ........... ............. ? 91
Hydraulic scrap metal baling press, model Ilr 100 ................... ? - .... 93
Hydraulic forcing press; model fB 002 .. ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Horizontal triples. plunger pump, model rB 354 .......................... . 97
Horizontal triplex hydraulic pump, model r 347 .......................... . . 99
Horizontal triplex hydraulic pump, model r 359 .......... l..... 101
Horizontal triplex hydraulic pump, model r 344 ....................... ? . 103
Horizontal triplex hydraulic pump, model r 301 ............. ........... . . . . 105
]lammers
109
Pneumatic power forging hammer, model MB 412 ........................... Ill
Pneumatic power forging hammer, model 11I 415 A ............. ? . ? ? ? 113
Pneumatic power forging hammer, model MA 417 ........................ ? ?
Air or steam arch-type double action forging hammer, model A1132 A ......0 ... 115
Air or steam arch-type double action forging hammer, model M 133 A ......... 117
Air or steam arch-type double action forging hammer, model M 134 ............ 121
Air or steam double action drop hammer, model 1'I 211 .......................
Air or steam double action drop hammer, model M 212 ........................ 123
125
3150 kg air or steam double action drop hammer ............. ? . ? ? . ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? i
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Page
5000 and 10 000 kg air or steam double action drop hammers .................. 127
Pneumatic sheet metal stamping hammer, model NIJI3 ........................ 120
Pneumatic sheet metal stamping hammer, model M315 ....................... 131
Forging Machines
Horizontal forging machine, model B 111 ..................................... 135
Horizontal forging machine, model B 113 .................................... 137
Horizontal forging machine, model T'IC11800 ................................ 139
Horizontal forging machine, model Mil 1200 .... ......... 141
143
Horizontal' forging machine, models PR1I 2000 and f'I M 3000. ? ? ? ? 1
45
Rotary swaging machine, model B 201 ..................................... 147
Rotary swaging machine, model B 202 ..................................... 147
Rotary swaging machine, model B 203 .....................................
Cold and Not Forging Automatic Machines
Automatic single stroke solid die cold header, model A 111 .................. 153
Automatic double stroke solid die cold header, model A 121 A ................ 155
Automatic double ,stroke solid die cold header, model A 123 ................. 157
Automatic double stroke solid die cold header, model A 124 ................. 159
Automatic double stroke open die cold header, model AA 161 ............... 161
Automatic double stroke open die cold header, model A 169 ................. 163
Automatic double stroke open die cold header, model A 162 ................. 165
Automatic double stroke open die cold header, model A 163 .................. 167
Automatic double stroke open die cold header, model A 164 ................. 169
Automatic hot and cold roller heading machine, model A 148 A ............... 171
Automatic hot and cold ball heading machine, model A 148 ................. 173
Automatic bolt head trimmer, model A 231 P ............................... 175
Automatic bolt head trimmer, model A 233 ........................... 177
Automatic cold nut forming machine, model A 411 .......................... 179
Automatic cold nut forming machine, model A 412 .......................... 181
Automatic cold nut forming machine, model A 413 ................ ......... 183
Automatic chain welding machine, model A 624 B ........................... 185
Automatic chain making machine, model A 615 B ........................... 187
Automatic wire nail machine, model A 713 A ................................ 189
Automatic wire nail machine, model A 715 .. .. ................... 191
Automatic flat die thread rolling machine, model A 251 B .................... 193
Automatic flat die thread rolling machine, model A 253 A .................... 195
Automatic circular die thread rolling machine, model 5933 ................... 197
Shears
Hand-operated metal shears, model H 970 ..................................
201
Alligator power shears, model HA 313 ......................................
203
Alligator power shears, model H 315 .......................................
205
207
Sheet metal shears, model H 472
..........................................
Sheet metal shears, model H 473
..........................................
209
Sheet metal shears, model H 475
..........................................
211
Sheet metal shears, model H477
....... ................................
213
Sheet metal, shears, model H 478
..........................................
215
Sheet metal shears, model H 349
...........
217
Reinforcement bar shears, model HA 212...
219
Combination punch, shears and bar cutter, model C 229A .....................
221
Combination shears and bar cutter, model H 514
223
Combination punch, shears and bar cutter, model HA 033 ............ . ......
225
'Combination punch, shears and bar cutter, model H 635 .....................
227
Blanking shears, model H 533 ........ .................................
229
Blanking shears, model H 535 ..................................
231
Rotary gang slitting.shears, model H 400 ...
233
Rotary gang slitting shears, model H 402 ...................................
235
Rotary shears, model HA 453 ..............................................
237
_M E (0"' H A F4 I C A
P R
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Z__
GAP-FRAME SINGLE CRANK PRESS
MODEL Ic 115- A
These presses are most suitable for blanking, piercing, punching, shallow
forming, bending strip and sheet materials and for other cold forming opera-
tions.
The press is driven by an individual motor through V-belts. It is started by
an electro-magnetic device by pressing with both hands two separately-located
buttons or by a treadle.
The flywheel rotates freely on its shaft and during the working stroke is
connected with the crankshaft by means of two rolling keys. One of~the keys
performs driving, functions while the other one serves to prevent the crankshaft
from overtaking the flywheel. as the slide is moving down.
The length of stroke is adjusted by an eccentric which is connected with
the crankshaft through a geared coupling. -
The slide is equipped with 15 min stroke mechanical ejector.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of a connection screw having a
spherical head. -
For stopping the crankshaft at the upper dead center the press is equipped
with a periodically acting band brake.
STAN KOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
R. to L . .................. 330
Diameter ................. 280
Recess in slide for punch stein, nom:
Diameter ................. 50
Depth .................... 70
Throat distance back from center of
slide, mm ..................... 240
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 70
- Electric motor power, kWV ........ 2.8
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1190
R. to L . .................. 1230
Maximum height above floor, mm . 2255
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 2245
STANKOIMPORT
GAP-FRAME SINGLE CRANK PRESS
110DEL K 116 B
These presses are most suitable for blanking, piercing, shallow forming,
bending strip and sheet materials and for other cold forming operations.
The press is driven by an individual motor through V-belts. It is. started
by an electro-magnetic device by pressing with both hands two separately
located buttons or by a treadle.
The flywheel rotates freely on its shaft and during the working stroke is
connected with the crankshaft by means of two rolling keys. One of the keys
performs driving functions while the other one serves to prevent the crankshaft
from overtaking the flywheel as the slide is moving down. , -
The length of stroke is adjusted. by an eccentric which is connected with
the crankshaft through a geared coupling.
The slide is equipped with 50 mm stroke mechanical ejector.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of a connection screw having
a spherical head.
For stopping the crankshaft- at the upper dead center the press is equipped
with a periodically acting band brake.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The press can operate either on single strokes or continuously. When operat-
ing on single strokes the crankshaft stops at the upper dead center even if
the operating treadle or buttons are inadvertently held down.
Lubrication of the press is effected through centralized system by means
of automatic measuring feeders.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), set of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure of- slide near bottom of
stroke, t ...................... 50
Stroke of slide (adjustable), mm . 20-80
Number of strokes per minute .... 90
Adjustment of slide, mm ......... 70
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide, (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm ........... 2S0
Distance from bed to guides, mm.. 375
Stroke of stripper, mm ............ 15
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 440
R.to L . ................. 660
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 220
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The press can operate either on single strokes or continuously. When operat-
ing on single strokes the crankshaft stops at the upper dead center oven if
the operating treadle or buttons are inadvertently held down.
Lubrication of the press is effected through centralized system'by means
of automatic measuring feeders.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), sot of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure - of slide near bottom of
stroke, t ...................... 63
Stroke of slide (adjustable), mm... 20-84
Number of strokes per minute ..... 100
Adjustment of slide, mm ......... 80
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm ........... 300
Distance from bed to guides, mm.. 400
Stroke of stripper, mm ............. 50
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 480
R. to L . ................. 720
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 240
R. to L . .................. 360
Diameter ................. 310
Recess in slide for punch stem, mm:
Diameter ................. 50
Depth .................:.. 70
Throat distance back from center of
slide, mm ..................... 260
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 80
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1750
R. to L . .................. 1450
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 2500
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 4875
STAN KOIM PORT
SINGLE CRANK HORN PRESS: - .
WITH ADJUSTABLE SWINGING TABLE
MODEL I{ 126
.This press is designed for punching, blanking and shallow forming as well
as for bending strip and sheet materials, flanging, and other cold stamping
operations.,
Presses with an, adjustable swinging table are used when there is a consider-
able variation in the height of dies.
Presses with a large die space are particularly convenient for' bending,
punching and trimming high parts.
With the aid of a horn, the press can be used for making closed-shapes
such as pipes, small tanks, barrels, etc.
Presses of this type are widely used in the automobile and tractorindustry
and in manufacturing refrigerators, electric equipment, agricultural machi-
nery, electrical household appliances, hardware and other consumer goods.
The frame is a box-section streamlined grey iron casting. The table is located
in respect to the frame by a key joint. The height of the table is regulated
by an adjusting screw and nut. The nut is rotated by a ratchet device.
STA.NKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
'-r
The press can operate either on single strokes or continuously. When
operating on single strokes the crankshaft stops at the upper dead center
even if the operating treadle or buttons are inadvertently held down.
The lubrication system of the press is of a combined type: central lubrication
of the gibs, crankshaft and connecting rod bearings and clutch is effected by
a grease pump through measuring feeders, whereas the remaining friction sur-
faces are lubricated by hand.
Standard equipment: complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), grease pump, pressure gauge, bolster
plate, set of wrenches, set of V-belts and all the necessary technical instruc-
tions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure of slide near bottom of 100
stroke, t .
Stroke of slide (adjustable), mm 20-100
Number of strokes per minute..... 75
Adjustment of slide, mm ......... 100
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm ........... 340
Throat-distance back from center of
slide, mm . ... ........... 300
Thickness of bolster plate, mm..... 100
Stroke of stripper, mm ........... 50
Area of top of bed, mm: .
F. to B .................... 560
R. to L . .................. 840
Electric motor power, kW......... 7.0
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1880
R. to L . .................. 1260
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 2680
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 5500
df
GAP-FRAME SINGGLE CRANK PRESS-
These presses are most suitable for blanking, piercing, shallow forming,"bend-
ing strip and sheet materials and for other cold forming operations.
The press frame is a streamlined, box-section grey iron casting, cast integral
with the bed.
The press is driven by an individual electric motor.
The press is started by an electro-magnetic device by pressing with both
hands two separately located buttons, or by a treadle.
The flywheel rotates freely on its shaft and during the working stroke is
connected with the crankshaft by two rolling keys.
The length of stroke is adjusted by an eccentric which is connected with
the'crankshaft through a geared coupling.
The slide is equipped with ejector.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of a connection screw having
a spherical head.
A periodically acting band brake is provided for absorbing the flywheel
inertia at the throwing in of the clutch and for stopping the flywheel at the
upper dead center.
ST'ANKOIMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The press can operate either on single strokes or continuously. When
operating on single strokes the crankshaft stops at the upper dead center
even if the operating treadle or buttons are inadvertently held down.
The lubrication system of the press is of a combined type: central lubrication
of the gibs, crankshaft and connecting rod bearings and clutch is effected by
a grease pump through measuring feeders, whereas the remaining friction sur-
faces are lubricated by hand.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment, grease pump,
pressure gauge, bolster plate, sot of wrenches, set of V-belts and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure of slide near bottom of
stroke, t ...................... 100
Stroke of slide (adjustable), mm 20-100
Number of strokes per minute..... 28
Adjustment of slide, mm ......... 100
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm ........... 340
Throat-distance back from center of
slide, mm . ..... 300
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 100
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 560
R. to L . .................. 840
Electric motor power, k1V ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ...... 1000
Floor space, mm:
F.to B .................... 2050
R. to L . .................. 1110
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 2555
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 5700
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
INCLINABLE SINGLE CRANK SINGLE
ACTION PRESS
MODEL IIA 235
The press is designed for blanking, shallow drawing, flanging and other
cold stamping operations.
The press can be equipped with an automatic feed.
Due to their inclinable frame, presses of this type find wide application in
the most varied branches of industry.
The frame is. a box-section streamlined grey iron casting. It is cast integral
with the bed and reinforced by two tie-rods. The frame is inclined by rotation
about the studs 'fastened 'at the right- and left-band side. The frame can be
rigidly locked in three positions: vertical, and inclined at angles of 15? and
30?. The bed is provided with an opening for ejecting blanks when the work
is conducted by the "drop through" method. A bolster plate is mounted on
the bed.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement.
The slide is reciprocated by a crankshaft revolving in bronze-lined bearings.
The slide is equipped with a rigid stripper which ejects finished blanks or srcap
from the upper die surface.
The slide is adjusted by hand with a wrench.
The clutch is of the rolling key type.. The flywheel runs. freely on its shaft
but when the clutch is engaged the flywheel is connected with the crankshaft
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
by thencranl shaffttnfromoverrunning cthe flywheel when the slide is on
prevent
the down stroke.
The band brake is of a periodic-action type and is intended for counteracting
inertia forces arising when the clutch is engaged and for stopping the crank-
shaft in the upper extreme position.
The press can operate on single as well as on continuous (automatic) strokes.
When the press is operated on single strokes, the crankshaft stops in the upper
extreme position regardless of whether the treadle has been released. The press
is started by a two-hand electric push-button station or by the treadle.
Lubrication of the main and crank pin bearings and guides is effected by
a hand pump station equipped with measuring feeders.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment including grease pump station and piping, bol-
ster plate, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for
installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 63
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 100
Number of strokes per minute ...... 80
Distance from bed to slide (stroke
down, adjustment up), mm ...... 400
Slide adjustment, mm ............ s0
Depth of throat, center of slide to
frame, mm .................... 310
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B ....................
R. to L . ..................
Opening of bed, mm:
F. to B ....................
R. to L . ..................
Diameter ....
Thickness of bolster plate, mm.....
ST.ANK0IMPORT
570
860
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 350
R. to L. .... ..... 400
Recess in slide for pmmch shanks, mm:
Diameter ................. 50
Depth ............ 70
Maximum angle of frame inclination 30?
Width between uprights, mm...... 420
'Distance from bed to guides, mm... 510
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ...... 750
Floor space, mm: 2070
F. to B ....................
310 R. to L . ....... .... ..... 1460
450 Maximum height above floor level, 2800
400 mm ..... ...................
80 Net weight, kg ........... approx. 5300
INCLINABLE SINGLE CRANK
SINGLE ACTION PRESS
MODEL K 237
The press is designed for-blanking, shallow drawing, bending, flanging and
other cold stamping operations.
The press can be equipped with an automatic feed.
Due to the inclinable frame, presses of this type find wide application in
the most varied branches of industry.
The frame is a box-section streamlined grey iron casting. It is cast integral
with the bed and reinforced by two tie-rods. The frame is inclined by rotation
about the studs fastened, at, the right- and left-hand side. The frame- can be
rigidly locked in three positions: vertical, and inclined at angles of 15? and
300. The bed. is provided with an opening for ejecting blanks when the work
;s conducted by the "drop through" method. A bolster plate is mounted on
the bed.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement.
STANKOIMPORT,
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The slide is reciprocated by a crankshaft revolving in bronze-lined bearings. -
The slide is equipped with a rigid stripper which ejects finished blanks or scrap
from the upper die surface.
The slide is adjusted by hand with a wrench.
The clutch is of the rolling key type. The flywheel runs freely on its shaft
but when the clutch is engaged the flywheel is connected with the crankshaft
by two rolling keys. One key drives the crankshaft and the other serves to
prevent the crankshaft from overrunning the flywheel when the slide is on
the downward stroke.
The band brake is of a periodic-action type and is intended for counteract-
ing inertia forces arising when the clutch is engaged and for stopping the
crankshaft in the upper extreme position.
The press can operate on single as well as on continuous (automatic) strokes.
When the press is operated on single strokes, the.crankshaft stops in the upper
extreme position regardless of whether the starting treadle has been released.
The press is started. by a two-hand 'electric push-button station or by the
treadle.
Lubrication of the main and crank pin bearings and guides is effected by
a hand pump station equipped with measuring feeders.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment including grease pump and piping, bolster
plate, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for installa-
tion and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 100
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 130
Number of strokes per minute ..... 75
Slide adjustment, mm . .. 100
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm 480
Throat depth center of slide to
frame, mm .................... 380
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 710
R. to L. 1080
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to'B .................... 380
R. to L. ............ 560
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 350
R. to L . .................. 410
Thickness of bolster plate, mm..... s0
Recess in slide for punch shanks, mm:
Diameter ................. 60
Depth .................... 75
Maximum angle of frame inclination 30?
Width between uprights, mm ..... 530
Distance from bed to guides, mm... 630
Electric motor power, kW ........ 7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. .. . 750
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2180
R. to L . ................... 1670
Maximum height above floor level,
mm ........................... 3100
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 7670
STANK,0IMPORT
FRICTION SCREW PRESS
MODEL. (DA 122
This press is designed for a wide variety of pressing operations: drawing
sheet metal parts, upsetting bolt, spike and rivet heads, as well as bending or
straightening sheet metal products.
The press can also be used for producing parts of bakelite, shellac and other
plastics.
The comparatively-large capacity of the press and hammer-like nature
of its stroke permit using the press for hot forging in closed dies.
The press is widely used in metal-working and other branches of industry
where stamping operations are required.
The working parts of the press - the flywheel, the screw and the ram are
actuated by vertically mounted discs, which drive the flywheel. The left disc
produces. the downward motion of the flywheel while the right disc - the
upward motion. As the flywheel changes its direction of rotation it screws the
threaded spindle in or out reciprocating the ram and providing the working
stroke.
As the ram moves down, the flywheel also advances with the motion of
the threaded spindle. As the flywheel moves away from the centre of the disc,
its radius of contact with the disc increases and the flywheel speed conse-
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
quently increases. This correspondingly increases the speed of the threaded:
spindle and, consequently, the speed of the descending ram.
The accumulated energy of moving parts is transformed into work for de-,,
forming the blank and imparts a hammer-like action to the ram stroke.
The press is equipped with a-hand-operated control mechanism through a
system of distributing levers and tie-rods.
The system of control permits either single strokes or continuous operation.
The frame is made of cast iron and is cast integral with the bed and crown.
The ram is a grey iron casting and has four guiding surfaces, two of which
are designed as removable taper gibs.
The threaded spindle is made of special heat-treated alloy steel. The spindle
has a right-hand triple thread. . .
A stripper is provided in the center of the bed.
The press is delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of wrenches
and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Rated capacity, t ................ 63
Kinetic energy at end of stroke, kgm 250
Maximum stroke, mm ............ 250
Number of strokes per minute ...... 22
Distance from bed to ram, mm:
Maximum ........... ... 460
Minimum .................. 190
Width clear between ram guides, mm 350
Width between uprights at bed
level, mm ..................... 420
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 450
R. to L. ..... 400
Recess in bed, diameter, mm ...... 95
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ...... 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1400
R. to L. .. 1740
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ............ 2860
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 3430
FRICTION SCREW PRESS
This press is designed for a wide variety of pressing 'operations: drawing
sheet metal.parts, upsetting bolt, spike and rivet heads, as- well as bending
or straightening sheet metal products.
The press can also be used. for producing parts of bakelite, shellac and other
plastics.
The considerable capacity of the press and hammer-like nature of'its stroke
permit using the press for hot forging in closed dies.
The press is widely used in metal-working and other branches of industry
where stamping operations are required. . . '
The working parts-of the.press the flywheel, the screw and the ram are
actuated by vertically mounted disc, which drive the flywheel. The-left disc
produces the downward motion of the flywheel, while the right disc - the
upward motion. As the` flywheel changes its direction of rotation, it screws
the threaded spindle in or out producing reciprocating motion of the ram and
providing the'working stroke.
As the ram moves down, the'flywheel also advances with the motion of
the threaded spindle. As the flywheel moves away from the center of the disc,
S?TAN KO IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R0O1800080005-5
its radius of contact with the disc increases and the flywheel speed conse-
quently increases.
This correspondingly increases the speed of the threaded spindle and, con-
sequently, the speed of the descending ram.
The accumulated energy of moving parts is transformed into work for de-
forming the blank and imparts a hammer-like nature to the ram stroke.
The press control is effected by an auxiliary hydraulic device (servo-control)
ensuring a constant pressure of the disc on the flywheel and requiring but
slight effort to shift the control lever.
The control system of the friction screw press permits either single strokes
or continuous operation.
The frame comprises two parts: the frame proper and the crown. These
parts are hold together by tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-
quality cast iron while. the crown is of special steel.
The ram is made of high-quality cast iron; it has four guiding surfaces,
two of which are designed as removable' taper gibs. .
The threaded spindle is made of special heat-treated alloy steel. The spindle
has a right-hand triple thread.
For stopping the moving parts in the upper position, a brake is provided.
The brake is designed to completely absorb the energy of the upwardly moving
parts. A special damper is provided to prevent the flywheel from striking the
driving shaft if the brake fails to operate.
A stripper is provided in the center of the bed.
The press is delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of wrenches
and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Rated capacity, t . .. 160
Kinetic energy at end of stroke, kgm 1000
Maximum stroke, mm ............ 360
Number of strokes per minute ...... 17
Distance from bed to ram, mm:
Maximum ................. 620
Minimum........ ...... 260
Width clear between uprights, mm 520
Width clear between ram guides; mm 460
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... .560
R. to L .. .................. 510
Ram dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 440
R. to L . .............:.... 550
Electric motor power, kW ........ 10
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ...... 1000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................. ? 2200
Width .................... 1310
Height ................... 3680
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 7000
This press is designed for a wide.variet r of pressing operations: drawing
sheet metal parts, upsetting bolt, spike and rivet heads, as well as bending
or straightening sheet metal products.
The press can also be used for producing parts of bakelite,.shellac and other
plastics.
The considerable capacity of the press and hammer-like nature df.its stroke
permit using the press for hot forging in closed dies.
The press is widely used in metal-working and other branches of industry
where stamping operations are required.
The working parts of the press - the flywheel, the screw and the ram are
actuated by vertically mounted discs, which drive the flywheel. The left disc
produces downward motion of the flywheel while the right disc -'upward
motion. As the flywheel changes its direction of rotation, it screws the threaded
spindle in or out producing reciprocating motion of the ram and providing the
working stroke:
As the ram moves down, the flywheel also advances with the motion of
the threaded spindle. As the flywheel moves away from the center of the disc,
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R0O1800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
its radius of contact with the disc increases and the flywheel speed conse-
quently increases. This correspondingly increases the speed of the threaded
spindle and, consequently, the speed of the descending ram.
The accumulated energy of moving parts is transformed into work for de-
forming the blank and imparts a hammer-like-nature to the ram stroke.
The press control is effected by an auxiliary hydraulic device (servo-control)
ensuring a constant pressure of the disc on the flywheel and requiring but
slight effort to shift the control lever. The control system of the friction screw
press permits either single strokes or continuous operation.
The frame comprises two parts: -the frame proper and the crown.. These
parts are held together by tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-
quality cast- iron while .the crown is made of special steel.
The ram is made of high-quality cast iron;, it has four guiding surfaces,
two of which are designed as removable taper gibs. "
The threaded spindle is made of special heat-treated alloy steel. The spindle
has a right-hand triple thread.
For stopping the moving parts in the upper position, a brake is provided.
The brake is designed to completely absorb the energy of the upwardly
moving parts. A special damper is provided to prevent the flywheel from strik-
ing the driving shaft if the brake fails to operate.
A stripper is provided in the center of the bed.
The press is delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of wrenches
and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Rated capacity, t .. .. ... 250
Kinetic energy at end of maximum
stroke, kgm ................... 2000
Maximum stroke, mm ............ 420
Number of strokes per minute ..... 15
Distance from bed to ram, mm:
Maximum ................. 720
Minimum ............. . 300
Width clear between ram guides,
mm.. 560
Width clear between uprights, mm.. ?600
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B ..... ............ 650
R. to L . .................. 580
Recess in bed, diameter, mm...... 130
Ram dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 520
R. to L . .................. 520
Electric motor power, kW ........ 20
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ...... 1000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 2525
Width .................... 1410
Height ........ ..... 4285
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 12500
STRAIGHT-SIDE
SINGLE CRANK PRESS
310DEL KA 262
The' press is designed for blanking and shallow forming, but canr also be
used for other kinds of cold forming operations.
The frame is composed of a bed, two uprights and a crown securely keyed
and held together by tie-rods which are shrunk,in place. The frame is made
of high-quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in -their
construction being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the stresses
imposed upon them. To take up shearing stresses at the joints, the keys'are
provided.
The press is driven by an individual motor. The-motion is transmitted from
the motor to the slide through V-belts, train of-gears and crankshaft.
STANKOIMPORT
STA,NKO.IMPORT
~27
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Recess in slide for punch stem, mm 75 X 85
Distance between guides, mm...... 590
Distance from bed to guides, mm... 490
Thickness of bolster plate, mm..... 105
Electric motor power, kW ........ 14
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Auxiliary motor power,- kW :...... 1.7
Auxiliary motor speed, r.p.m...... 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to. B .............. 2240
R. to L. 1650
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 3520
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 11260
STANKOIMPORT
STRAIGHT-SIDE
SINGLE CRANK ENCLOSED PRESS
MODEL I('273 B
The press is. designed for blanking, shallow forming and other kinds of cold
forming work. '
The frame is composed of a bed, two uprights and a crown securely
keyed and held together. by tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame.
is made of high-quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built; materials. used
in their construction being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand
the stresses imposed upon them. To take up shearing stresses at the joints the
keys are provided.
The press is driven by an individual motor: The motion is transmitted from
the motor to the slide through V-belts, train of gears and crankshaft.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The slide is of a box-section type; it is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guides.
The slide is equipped with an ejector.
Slide-adjustment is effected by means of an electric motor and terminal
switches.
The pneumatic clutch of a multiple-disc friction type is coupled with a
multiple-disc brake.' The brake ensures stopping of the slide at any desired
point of the stroke. For stopping the flywheel, when the motor is switched
off a supplementary pneumatic shoe-brake, controlled by a special valve is
provided. The friction clutch is operated through an electro-magnetic device.
The press is equipped, with an automatic push-button station permitting to
obtain single strokes or continuous run as well as inching motions necessary
for setting up and adjusting dies.
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Central lubri-
cation of the gibs, crankshaft and connecting rod bearings and clutch is effected
by a grease. pump through in feeders whereas the remaining friction
surfaces are lubricated by band. A pressure gauge is provided for controlling
oil pressure in the lubrication system.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, the
brake and the slide-balancing cylinders. A constant pressure of air from 4.5
to 5.0 atmospheres is maintained in the clutch and brake circuit by means
of- a reducing valve.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), grease pump, air conduits mounted on
the press, bolster plate, set of wrenches and service manual containing all
necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
A pneumatic die cushion for the bed can be furnished at extra cost.
Pressure of slide near bottom of
stroke, t . ............... 160
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 160
Number of strokes per minute.. 32
Die space, distance from top of bed to
bottom of slide (stroke down, ad-
justment up), mm ............ 480
Adjustment of slide,-mm .......... 120
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B ................. 790
R. to L. ................... 730
Opening in bed, mm 430 X 430
Dimension of slide, F. to B., mm .. 560
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The slide is of a box-section type; it is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guides. The balancing of the slide is accomplished by means of pneu-
matic cylinders having a constant air pressure.
The slide is equipped with an ejector.
Slide adjustment is effected by an electric motor and terminal switches.
The pneumatic clutch of a multiple-disc friction tpe is coupled with a
multiple-disc brake. The brake ensures stopping of the' slide at any desired
point of the stroke. For stopping the flywheel, when the motor is switched.
off a supplementary pneumatic shoe-brake, controlled by a special valve is
provided. The friction clutch is operated through an electro-magnetic device.
The press is equipped with an automatic push-button station, permitting
to obtain single strokes or continuous run as well as inching motions necessary
for setting up and adjusting dies.
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Central lubri-
cation of the crankshaft, intermediate shafts, gibs and connecting rod bearings
is effected by a grease pump. The high speed pair of gears is lubricated by
splashing in an oil sump.
Simplicity and reliability of the lubricating system ensure long service of
the friction surfaces and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch and
the slide-balancing cylinders. A constant pressure of air from 4.5 to 5.0 atmo-
spheres is maintained in the clutch and brake circuit by means of a reducing
valve.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), grease pump, air conduits mounted on
the press, bolster plate, set of wrenches and service manual containing all
necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
A pneumatic die cushion for the bed can be furnished at extra cost.
Pressure of slide near bottom of
stroke
t
Dimension of slide, F. to B.
mm
670
,
.
Stroke of
lid
250
,
...
Distance between guides
mm
7
s
e, mm ..............
Number of
t
k
190
,
......
Recess in slide for punch stem
mm
10
90
s
ro
es per minute. . ...
Die s
ace
di
28
,
Distance from bed to guides
mm
p
,
stance from top of bed
to botto
f
li
,
...
Thickness of bolster plate
mm
570
11
m o
s
de (stroke down,
adjustment
,
....
Electric motor power, kW
5
2
up), mm ... ; ... . . . .
Adjustment of slide, mm .. .
Area of to
of b
d
560
L40
...... . .
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. ......
Floor space, mm:
8
1000
p
e
, mm:
F
to B
F. to B ......
if
.
............. .. .. . . goo
R. to L. ........ 850
Opening in bed, mm ......... 510X510
....... 1825
R. to L. 2370
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 5320
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 23200
!r f
i..
STANKOIMPORT
STRAIGHT-SIDE SINGLE CRANK PRESS
MODEL I{ 265
The press is recommended for various drawing and bending operations.
The frame is composed of a bed, two uprights and a crown securely
keyed and held together by tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame is
made of high-quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in
their construction being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the
stresses. imposed upon them. To take up shearing stresses at the joints the
keys are provided. ,
The press is driven by an individual motor. The motion is transmitted from,
the motor to the slide through V-belts, train of gears and crankshaft.
The slide is of a box-section type; it is made of high-quality-.cast iron' and
has four guides. The slide moves over long guides. The two rear guides are
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
non-adjustable, while two front ones are adjustable. A recess and a set of
clamps are provided at the lower face of the slide for holding die-shanks and
a series of holes for die-fastening bolts and `stripper pins. Removable strips
are provided for ejecting finished pieces from the upper die. The balancing of
the slide is accomplished by means of pneumatic cylinders.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by an individual motor through a screw
drive. The length of adjustment is controlled by terminal switches:
The pneumatic clutch of a multiple-disc friction type is coupled with a mul-
tiple-disc brake. The brake ensures stopping of the slide at any desired point
of the stroke. For stopping the flywheel, when the motor is switched off an
additional pneumatic shoe-brake, controlled by a special valve, is provided,
The engagement of clutch is accomplished by an electro-magnetic device.
The press is equipped with an automatic push-button station. The system
of control permits either single strokes or continuous run, as well as inching
motions necessary for setting up and adjusting dies.
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Central lubrication
of the principal points: the gibs, crankshaft, intermediate shaft and connecting
rod bearings is effected by a grease pump. The other less important parts are
lubricated by hand through oil cups or by grease guns. The central lubricating
system is activated by a hand grease pump, operating on a double conduit
system through measuring feeders, Simplicity and reliability of the lubricating
system-ensure long service of the friction parts and protect them from dust
and dirt.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from the
shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, the brake
and the slide-balancing cylinders. A constant air pressure of 3.46 kg/sq. cm
is maintained in the clutch and brake circuit by a reducing valve.
A hydro-pneumatic cushion for clamping the blanks and for knock out the
finished pieces is delivered with the press.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), lubricating system, air conduit mounted
on the press, bolster plate, hydro-pneumatic cushion, set of wrenches, service
manual containing all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure of slide near bottom of
stroke, t . 315
'Stroke of slide, mm . 460
Number of strokes per minute ..... 13
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm 600
Adjustment of slide, in .m. .... , . . 150
Distance between uprights, mm . . . 1120
Distance between guides, mm...... 980
Area of top of bed, mm:
F.-to B ............... 980
R. to L. 1120
Size of bolster plate, mm .... 1100X980
Thickness of bolster plate, mm..... 120
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to B ............. 560
R. to L. ... 870
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B..........
R. to L. .............
Stroke of ejector, mm .............
Die-cushion pressure at 5 5 1,
760
970
200
in the air circuit, t g/sq. c in
50
Stroke of. the cushion plunger, mm 200
Electric motor power, kW ........ 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Auxiliary motor power, kW ... . . ,
4.3
Auxiliary motor speed, r.p,m., , , , , , 1500
Floor space, mm:
1?: to B. ...... , 2890
R. to L, 2530
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 5725
Net weight, kg .. . ... . . . approx. 41500
STANKOIMPORT
STRAIGHT-SIDE SINGLE CRANK
DOUBLE ACTION DRAWING PRESS
310DRL It 460
This press is designed for producing sheet metal parts requiring comparati-
vely deep drawing. Simultaneously with drawing, the press can also perform
blanking operations. .
A special feature of design of double action presses is that they are equipped
with two slides, one of which moves inside the other. The outer blank-holding
slide holds down the blank while the inner slide performs the drawing operation.
The frame comprises a bed, two uprights and a crown, drawn together, by-
four tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-quality cast-iron.
Frame construction ensures sufficient rigidity and absence of deflections -at
maximum load. Dowel pins and keys are provided to take up shearing stresses
at the joints and prevent displacement. .
The tie-rods draw the frame together into a solid structure and take up
the major part of the load.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the motor in three stages: first stage to the flywheel shaft through a multiple
STA NK!0IMP0.R'T
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
V-belt drive and the other two stages through a gear train.. The drive and the
crankshaft actuate. the slide.
The drive mechanism is mounted on the crown and is enclosed in a casin
g.
The inner slide is of box-section and is made of high-quality cast iron. The
connecting rod is linked to the upper part of the slide by a spherical joint
permitting slide adjustment.
Adjustment of the inner slide is accomplished by hand With the aid of a
ratchet mechanism.
The outer slide is actuated by levers linked with two lateral slides. The
lateral slides are reciprocated by cams mounted on the crankshaft gears. The
outer slide is regulated in height with the aid of adjusting nuts.
The clutch is of a pneumatically operated friction type and is combined
with a periodically acting band brake. The clutch is engaged by means of an
electro-magnetic device.
Press control is automatic and is effected either by a push-button station
or a treadle.
The control system permits single stroke operation from a two-hand safety
push-button device protecting the operator's hands, single stroke operation
from the treadle, continuous (automatic) operation and inching operation
applied in setting-up or adjusting dies.
Lubrication is of a combined type. The principal friction surfaces are lubri-
cated from a centralized system through automatic measuring feeders by a
special grease pump station; the other points are lubricated by hand with an
oil gun through ball-type oil cups. Simplicity and reliability of the lubricating
system ensure long service of friction surfaces and protect them from dust
and dirt.
The lower stripper is mounted in the bed of the press.
The air piping mounted on the press, ensures air supply from the shop
mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the pneumatic clutch.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating system with pumps, measuring feeders and pressure gauge
for controlling perssure in the lubricating system, air piping, mounted on the
press, including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver tank, bolster
plate, stripper, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions
for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inner slide capacity at end of stroke, t
Outer slide capacity at end of stroke,t
'Inner slide.stroke, mm ...........
Outer slide stroke, mm ...........
Number of strokes per minute ......
Adjustment of inner and outer
slide, mm
Maximum distance from bed to inner
slide in its lowest position, mm...
Maximum distance from bed to outer
slide. in its lowest position, mm...
Width between uprights, mm .....
Distance clear between guides, mm..
Maximum distance from bed to gui-
des, mm ........
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B ..................
R. to L .......................
63
Inner slide diameter, mm .......
360
50
400
..
Outer slide dimensions, mm:
240
F. to B ...................
510'
15
R. to L...............
Bolster plate dimensions, mm:
510
100
F. to B ..... :..............
'640
R. to L ..............
640
550
Thickness ..
00
Electric motor power, kW
.
7
500
650
......
..
Electric motor speed, ?r.p.m........
1500
530
Floor space, mm :
F. to B ....................
1670
410
R. to L...:
1710
Maximum height above floor level
'
640
,
mm.. .............
3750
6 42
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 11000
STANKOIMPORT
STRAIGHT-SIDE SINGLE CRANK
DOUBLE ACTION DRAWING PRESS
MODEL 'I{ 471
This press is designed for producing sheet metal parts requiring comparati-
vely deep drawing. Simultaneously withdrawing, the.press can also perform
blanking operations.
A special feature of design of double action presses is that they are equipped
with two slides, one of-which moves inside the other. The outer blank-holding
slide holds down the blank while the "inner slide performs the drawing operation.
The frame comprises a bed, two uprights and a crown, drawn together by
four tie-rods shrunk In place. The frame is made of high-quality cast, iron.
Frame construction. ensures- sufficient rigidity and absence of deflections at
maximum load. Dowel pins and keys are provided to take up shearing stresses
at, the joints and prevent displacement.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Recess in inner slide for die shanks, mm:
Diameter ...... 65
Depth , ..... 155
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 100
Inner slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B ............. 400
R. to L.. 525
Outer slide dimensions; mm:
F. to B ................. 750
R. to L., 730
Electric motor power, kW 14
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm :
.F. to B.................... 1600
R. to L...... 1595
iMlaximumheightabovefloorlevel,mm 4640
Net weight, kg .... . . .... approx. 14480
STAN KOIMPORT
STANKOIMPO'RT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The tie-rods draw the frame together into a solid structure and take up'
the major part of the load.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power from the motor is
transmitted in three stages: first stage to the flywheel shaft through a multiple:
V-belt drive, and the other two stages through a gear train.
The drive and the crankshaft actuate the slide.
The drive mechanism is mounted on the crown and is enclosed in a casing.
The inner slide is of box-section type and is made of high-quality cast iron.
Adjustment of the inner slide is accomplished by hand with the aid of a
ratchet mechanism,'
The outer slide is regulated in height with the aid of adjusting' nuts.
.The clutch is of- a multiple-disc friction type. It is pneumatically operated
and is combined with a-multiple-disc pneumatic brake.
The brake stops the slide at any point of the stroke. For stopping the
flywheel when the motor is switched off, an auxiliary valve-actuated pneu-
matic shoe-brake is provided.
The clutch is engaged by means of an electro-magnetic device.
Press control is automatic and is effected either by a push-button station
or a treadle. The control system permits single stroke operation from a two-
hand safety push-button device protecting the operator's hands, single stroke
operation from the treadle, continuous (automatic) operation and inching
operation applied in setting up or adjusting dies.
Lubrication is of a combined type. The principal friction surfaces are lubri-
cated from a centralized system through automatic measuring feeders by a
special grease pump station. The other points are lubricated by hand with
an oil-gun through ball-type oil cups.
The lowenstripper is mounted in the bed of the press.
The air piping, mounted on the press, ensures air supply from the shop
mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the pneumatic clutch and brakes.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating system with pumps, measuring feeders and pressure gauge
for controlling pressure in the lubricating system, air piping mounted on the
press including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver tank, bolster plate,
mechanical stripper in the bed, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inner slide capacity, t ... . . . . ..... 100
Outer slide capacity, t . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Inner slide stioke,'mm 400
Outer slide stroke, mm :........ . 265
Number of strokes per minute ...... 15
Slide adjustment, mm ....., 100
Maximum distance from bed to inner
slide in its lowest position, mm... 650
Maximum distance from bed to outer
lid
s
e in its lowest position, mm...
Width between guides, mm. ?... , ... .
.Distance from bed. to guides, mm...
Bed dimensions, mm:
600
650
580
F. to B,....... 800
R. to L,..... 80.0
Recess in bed, mm .......... . 420 X 420
STRAIGHT-SIDE SINGLE CRANK
DOUBLE ACTION -DRAWING PRESS
11I0DEL I{'475
This?press is designed for producing sheet metal parts requiring?comparati-
vely deep drawing. Simultaneously with drawing, the press can also perform
blanking operation.
A special feature of design of double action presses is that, they are equipped
with two slides, one of which moves inside the other. The outer blank-holding
slide holds down?the blank while the inner slide performs the drawing operation.
The frame comprises a bed, two uprights and a crown, drawn. together by
four tie-rods shrunk.in place. The frame is made of high-quality cast iron.
Frame construction' ensures sufficient rigidity and absence of bed deflections
at maximum load. Dowel pins and keys are provided to take up shearing
stresses at the joints and prevent displacement. ' .
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The tie-rods draw the frame together into a solid structure and take up
the major part of the load.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. The drive is of the enclosed
type with shafts positioned perpendicularly to the front of the press. Power is
transmitted to the crankshaft in four stages by multiple V-bolt drive and a
gear train. Part of the gearing is mounted in an oil bath.
The inner slide is a box-section steel casting. The connecting rod is linked
to the upper part of the slide by a spherical joint. permitting slide adjustment.
Slide adjustment is effected by an individual flange-type motor through
a worm reducing gear unit. The motor and the entire adjusting mechanism
are mounted inside the inner slide. The die space, at any moment during
adjustment, can be read off on the scale of the press control panel indicating
the connecting rod position.
The inner and outer slide can be interlocked in any position with respect
to one another by the electric control system.
The outer slide is reciprocated by a toggle lever mechanism actuated by
the crankshaft.
The clutch is of a friction type. It is pneumatically operated and is combined
with a multiple-disc brake. The brake stops the slides at any point of their
stroke. For stopping the flywheel when the electric motor is switched off, an
auxiliary valve-actuated pneumatic shoe-brake is provided. The valve is located
on the press control panel. The clutch is engaged by means of an electro-
magnetic device.
Press control is automatic and is provided with a safety device, safeguarding
the operator's hands. The control system permits single stroke operation, con-
tinuous (automatic) operation and inching operation applied in setting up or
adjusting dies.
The bed is equipped with hydro-pneumatic die-cushions having a pneumatic
hold-down device. The cushion movements are synchronized with the motion
of slides. The control system provides for automatic interruption of die-cushion
movement on the return stroke of the outer slide.
Lubrication is of a combined type. The principal friction surfaces are lubri-
cated from a centralized system through automatic measuring feeders by a
special grease-pump station. The other points are lubricated by hand.
The air piping, mounted on the press, ensures air supply from the shop mains
through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, pneumatic brake
and die-cushions.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment
and wiring, lubricating system with grease-pump station, measuring feeders
and pressure gauge. for controlling pressure in lubricating system, air piping
mounted on the press including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver
tanks, bolster plate, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instruc-
tions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Inner slide capacity, t ............ 315
Outer slide capacity, t ............ 200
Inner slide stroke, mm ............ 670
Outer slide stroke, mm ........... 425
Number of strokes per minute ...... 7
Slide adjustment, mm . 195
Maximum distance from bed to inner
slide in its lowest position, mm... 930
Maximum distance from bed to outer
slide in its lowest position, mm... 825
Distance-clear between guides, mm.. 1380
Distance from bed to guides, mm... 720
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .............. . . . . . . 1350
R. to L..................... 1530
Recess in bed, mm ........... 800 X 800
STANKOIMPORT
Recess in inder slide for die shanks,
mm:
Diameter ................. 70
Depth .................... 111
Bolster plate dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1350
R. to L .................... 1350
Thickness ................. 160
Inner slide dimensions, mm:
F.to B .................... 000
R.to L .................... 1000
Outer slide dimensions, mm:
F.to B .................... 1250
R. to L .................... 1250
Die-cushion capacity, t:
Holding down ............. 80
Pushing out ................ 12.5
Die-cushion stroke, mm .......... 300
Main electric motor power, kW..... 55
Main electric motor speed, r.p.m...-. 1500
Auxiliary electric motor power
(adjusting mechanism of the inner
slide), kW .................... - 1.7
Auxiliary electric motor speed, r.p.m. 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B' ............... .... 3100
R. to L ................... 2500
Maximum height above floor level, mm 6675
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 66000
STANKOIMPORT
39
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
'STANKOIMPORT
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 125
Opening in bed (two openings), mm:
F. to B .................... 800
R. to L .................... 800
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1000
R. to L.............. . 1820
Stroke of slide ejector, mm ....... 80
Electric motor power, kW 14
Electric motor-speed, r.p.m......... 1000
Floor space, mm ............ 2965 X 1905
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 4860
Net weight, kg .......... appiox. 27340
-STAN K01MP0RT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
TWOPOINT
SINGLE ACTION ENCLOSED PRESS
MODEL If 372 A
The' press is most suitable for various cold forming operations such as:
blanking, piercing, punching, bending.and shallow forming of large size sheet
of metal.
The frame is composed of a bed, two uprights and a crown securely drawn
together by tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-
quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in their construe-,
tion being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the stresses imposed
upon them. To take up shearing stresses at the joints, thekeys are provided.
The press is driven by an individual motor. The motion is transmitted from
the motor to the slide through V-belts, train of gears and crankshafts. Such a
design of the drive ensures- a uniform distribution of the pressure and permits
manufacturing of comparatively long parts. The crankshaft gears are made
of high-quality cast iron. The flywheel and intermidiate shaft gears are made
of steel forgings and are properly heat-treated.
The slide is of a box-section type; it is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guides. The balancing of the slide is accomplished by means of pneu-
matic cylinders having 'a constant air pressure of 3.6 kg/sq. cm.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of an electric motor and
terminal switches.
The pneumatic clutch of a multiple-disc friction type is interlocked with a
multiple-disc brake. The brake ensures stopping of the slide at any desired
point of the stroke. _
The engagement of the clutch is accomplished by an electro-magnetic
device.
The press is equipped with an automatic push-button station permitting
to obtain single strokes or continuous run as well as inching motions. - -
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Control lubrication
of the crankshafts, intermediate shafts, big and small connecting rod ends
and gibs is effected by a grease pump. All the gears are lubricated by splashing
in an oil sump. Simplicity and reliability of lubricating system ensure long
service of the friction parts and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch and
the slide-balancing cylinders. A constant air pressure of 3 kg/sq. cm in the
clutch and brake circuit, and from 5 to 6 kg/sq. cm in the slide-balancing
cylinders circuit is maintained by a reducing valve.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), set of wrenches and service manual con-
taining all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
Presspre of slide near bottom of
stroke, t ...................... 160
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 160
Number of strokes per minute ..... 20
Die space, distance from top of bed
to bottom of slide (stroke down,
adjustment up), mm ........... 800
Adjustment of slide, mm ......... 300
Distance between uprights, mm.... 2000
Distance between guides, mm...... 1850
Area of top of bed, mm :
F. to B.................... 1250
R. to L .............. ..... 2000
Bolster plate size, mm ...... 1970X1240
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
TWO POINT
SINGLE ACTION ENCLOSED PRESS
MODEL I{ 374 B
The press is most suitable for various cold forming operations such as:
blanking, piercing, punching, bending and drawing of large size sheet of metal.
The frame is composed of a bed, two uprights and a crown securely drawn
together by tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-
quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in their construction
being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the stresses imposed
upon them.
The press is driven by an individual motor. The motion is transmitted from
the motor to the slide through V-belts, train of gears and crankshafts. Such a
design of the drive ensures a uniform distribution of pressure and permits
manufacturing of'comparatively long parts. The crankshaft gears are made of
high-quality cast iron. The flywheel and intermediate shaft gears are made of
steel forgings and are properly heat-treated. To ensure accurate meshing all
the gears are cut by generating method.
STANK 01 M P0 RT
The slide is of a box-section type; it is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guides. The balancing of the slide is accomplished by means of pneu-
matic cylinders having a constant air pressure of 4.5 kg/sq. cm.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of an electric motor and terminal
switches.
The pneumatic clutch of a multiple-disc friction type, is interlocked with
a multiple-disc brake. The brake ensures stopping of the slide at any desired
point of the stroke. The engagement of the clutch is accomplished by an electro-
magnetic device.
The press is equipped with an automatic push-button station consisting of
three panels. The system of control permits either single strokes or continuous
run, as well as inching motions necessary for setting up and adjusting dies.
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Control lubri-
cation of the crankshafts, intermediate shafts, big and small connecting rod
ends and guides is accomplished by a grease pump. All the gears are lubricated
by splashing in an oil sump. Simplicity and reliability of lubricating system
ensure long service of the friction parts and protect them from dust and dirt.
The press is equipped with two cushions, serving for clamping the' blank,
and for knocking out the finished articles from the die.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction, clutch, the
brake, the slide-balancing cylinders and the air-cushions. A constant air press-
ure of 3.6 kg/sq. cm in the clutch and brake circuit, and 6 kg/sq. cm in the
slide-balancing cylinders and air-cushion circuit is maintained by a reducing
valve.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), set of wrenches and service manual con-
taining all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
PressureTof slide near bottom of
stroke, t ...................... 250
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 400
Number of strokes per minute ..... 17
Die space, distance from top of bed to
bottom of slide (stroke down, ad-
justment up), mm .............. 750
Adjustment. of slide, mm ......... 220
Distance between uprights, mm ... 2500
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 1250
R.to L .................... 2500
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... 150
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 700
R. to L ............... .. 1050
Slide dimensions, mrri:
F.to B .................. 1000
R. to L....... .. ......... 2300
Die-cushion pressure at 5.8 lcg/sq,cm
in the air circuit, t .. ....:... 30
Electric motor power, kW ....... 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm ............. 1800X3600
'Maximum height above floor, mm..-5250
Net weight, kg ......... approx.-.43900
STANKOIMPORT .
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STRAIGHT-SIDE DOUBLE CRANK
SINGLE ACTION PRESS
MODEL K 366
The press is designed for various cold stamping operations in making large-
drawing sized sheet metal parts, such as: blanking, piercing, punching, bending and
.
The frame comprises the bed, two uprights and crown, drawn together by
tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made. of high-quality cast, iron. Frame
design ensures ample rigidity and absence of frame deflection at maximum
load.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the motor to the crankshaft in three stages: the first stage is to the flywheel
shaft through a multiple V-belt drive and the other two stages are through
gear train. The drive and the crankshaft actuate the slide.
The slide is of a box-section type. It is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guiding surfaces. The slide is counterbalanced by pneumatic cylinders
and is equipped with a mechanical stripper.
Slide adjustment is effected by an electric motor and limit s*itches.
The clutch is pneumatically operated. It is of a multiple-disc friction type
and is coupled to a multiple-disc brake. The brake stops the slide at any point
of the stroke. The clutch is engaged by an electro-magnetic device.
Press control is effected automatically from a push-button station or from
a treadle. The control system permits single stroke operation by push-buttons
with interlocking arrangements for safeguarding the operator's hands, single
strokes by treadle, continuous (automatic) operation and inching operation
applied in setting up or adjusting dies. Single stroke operation by push-buttons
can be effected from three control panels.
The lubrication system is of a combined type. The principal friction sur-
faces: crankshaft and intermediate shaft bearings, connecting rod big ends,
guides and counterbalancing cylinder piston rods grease-lubricated from a
centralized system by a pump station through measuring feeders. Plungers and
die-cushion cylinders are lubricated by an oil pump. Simplicity and reliability
of the lubricating system ensure long service of friction surfaces and protect
them from dust and dirt.
The pneumatic die-cushions, two in number, provided by the press design,
are intended for holding down blanks and for ejecting finished pieces from the
lower die.
The air equipment, mounted on the press, provides air supply from the
stop mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the clutch, brake, slide coun-
terbalancing cylinders and die-cushions.
An auxiliary shoe-brake, pneumatically operated by a special valve, is
provided for stopping the flywheel when the electric motor is switched off.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment with measuring feeders and a pressure gauge
for controlling pressure in the lubrication system, air equipment mounted on
the press including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver tanks, bolster
plate, mechanical stripper in the slide, a set of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for installation and operation.
Die-cushions are furnished to special order.
Rated capacity, t ................
Stroke of slide, mm ...............
Number of strokes per minute ......
Slide adjustment, mm ............
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm
Width between uprights, mm .....
Bed dimensions, mm:
400
Slide dimensions, mm: "
65
F. to B .....................
1050
15
R. to L....................
2460
150
Electric motor power, kW
20
640
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
1500
2500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1400
R.to L..., ................ 2500
Thickness of bolster plate, mm .... "160
Openings in bed (two openings), mm:
F. to B .................... 800
R. to L ...... ... .. .. 1040
F. to B ... .......... ..... 2990
R. to L................ ...... 4150
Maximum height above floor, level,
mm..
5870
Total force exerted by die-cushions
at 6 kg/sq. cm, t..................
46'
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 65250
STANKOIMPOR.T
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STANKOIMPORT
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B.,. ................ 1050
R. to L ................. 2460
Total'force exerted by die-cushions at
6 kg/sq. cm, t....82
Electric motor power, kWV ......- 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m......; . 1000
Floor space, mm: .
F. to B . ...........:...... 3290
R. to L; ................... 3960
Maximum height above floor level, ?
mm .......................`.... 6335 ?
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 68950
STAN KOI M PO RT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STRAIGHT-SIDE.DODUBLE CRANK
SINGLE ACTION''PRESS
MODEL K 365
The press is designed for various cold stamping operations in making large-
sized sheet metal parts, such as: blanking, piercing, punching, bending and
drawing.
The frame comprises the bed, two uprights and crown, drawn together by
tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made of high-quality cast iron. Frame
design ensures ample rigidity and absence of frame deflection at maximum
load.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the electric motor to the crankshaft in three stages: the first stage is to the
flywheel shaft through. a multiple V-belt drive, and the other two stages are
through a gear train. The drive and the crankshaft actuate the slide.
The slide is of a box-section type. It is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guiding surfaces. The slide is counterbalanced by pneumatic cylinders
and is equipped with a mechanical stripper.
Slide adjustment is effected by an electric motor and limit switches.
The clutch is pneumatically operated. It is of a multiple-disc friction type
and is coupled to a multiple-disc brake. The brake stops the slide at any point
of the stroke. The clutch is engaged by an electro-magnetic device.
Press control is effected automatically from a push-button station or from
a treadle. The control system permits single stroke operation by push-buttons,
with interlocking arrangements for safeguarding the operator's hands, single
strokes by treadle, continuous (automatic) operation and inching operation
applied in setting up or adjusting dies. Single stroke operation can be effected
from three control panels.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The principal -friction sur-
faces: crankshaft and intermediate shaft bearings, connecting rod big ends,
guides and counterbalancing cylinders are grease-lubricated from a-centralized
system by a pump station. through measuring feeders. Plungers and die-cushion
cylinders are lubricated by an oil pump. Simplicity and reliability of the lub-
ricating system ensure long service of friction surfaces and protect them from
dust and dirt.
The pneumatic die-cushions, two in number, provided by the press design,
are intended for holding down blanks and ejecting finished pieces from the
lower die.
The air equipment, mounted on the press, provides air supply from the
shop mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brake,
counterbalancing cylinders and die-cushions.
The auxiliary shoe-brake, pneumatically operated by a special valve is
provided for stopping the flywheel after the electric motor is switched off.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment with measuring feeders, piping and pressure
gauge for controlling pressure in the lubricating system, air equipment mounted
on the press including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver tanks,
bolster plate, mechanical stripper in the slide and all the necessary technical
instructions' for installation and operation. -
Die-cushions are furnished to special order.
Rated capacity, t . ............ 500
Stroke of slide, mm .. .. .... 300
Number of strokes per minute ...... 12
Slide adjustment, mm ............ 200
Maximum die space, distance from
bed to- slide (stroke down, adjust-
ment up), mm ................. 850
Width between uprights, mm ..... 2500
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1400
R. to L .. ... .. ....... 2500
Thickness of bolster plate, mm.... 150
Openings in.bed'(two openings), mm:
F. to B .................... 800
R. to L .................... 1040
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STRAIGHT-SIDE DOUBLE CRANK
SINGLE ACTION PRESS
MODEL IC 367
The press is designed for various cold stamping operations in making large-
sized sheet metal parts, such as: blanking, piercing, punching, bending and
drawing,
The frame comprises the bed, two uprights and crown, drawn together by
tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is. made of. high-quality cast iron. Frame
design ensures ample rigidity and absence of
,
load. frame deflection at maximum
The drive is from an individual electric motor Power is transmitted from
the motor the crankshaft. in three stages: the first stage is to the flywheel
shaft through a multiple V-belt drive, and the other two stages are through
a gear train. The drive and the crankshaft actuate the slide.
The slide is of a box-section type. It is made of high-quality cast iron and
STANKOIMP'ORT
Slide dimensions, mm:
b'. to B ..................:.. 1200
R. to L.................... 2240
Electric motor power, kW 40
Electric motor speed, r.p.m.. ..... ,,1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B- ............... .:. 3690
R,to L.......... '4380
Maximum height above floor level,
mm ................ ?7650
Total force exerted by die-cushions at
6kg/sq.cm,t ......:........ '100.
Net weight, kg ........ approx. 1,07000
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
has four guiding surfaces. The slide is counterbalanced by pneumatic cylinders
and is equipped with a mechanical stripper.
Slide adjustment is effected by an electric motor and limit switches.
The clutch is pneumatically operated. It is of a multiple-disc friction type
and is coupled to a multiple-disc brake. The brake stops the slide at any point
of the stroke. The clutch is engaged by an electro-magnetic device.
Press control is effected automatically, from a push-button station, or from
a treadle. The control system permits single stroke operation by push-buttons
with interlocking arrangements for safeguarding the operator's hands, single
strokes by treadle, continuous (automatic) operation and inching operation
applied in setting up or adjusting dies. Single-stroke operation can be effected
from three control panels.
-
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The principal friction surfaces :
crankshaft and intermediate shaft bearings, connecting rod big ends, guides,
and counterbalancing cylinders are grease.-lubricated from a centralized system
by a pump station through measuring feeders. Plungers and die-cushion cylin-
ders are lubricated by an oil pump. Simplicity and reliability of the lubricating
system ensure long service of friction surfaces and protect them from dust
and dirt.
The pneumatic die-cushions, two in number, provided by the press design,
are intended for holding down blanks and for ejecting finished pieces from
the lower die.
The air equipment, mounted on the press, provides air supply from the
shop mains through the filtre and oil-atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes,
counterbalancing cylinders, and die-cushions.
An auxiliary shoe-brake, pneumatically operated by a special valve, is
provided for stopping the flywheel after the motor is switched off.`
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring; lubricating equipment with pumps, measuring feeders, pressure gauge
for controlling pressure in the lubricating system, air equipment mounted on
the press, including reducing valve, pressure gauge and receiver tanks; bolster
plate, mechanical stripper in the slide, a set of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for installation and operation.
Die-cushions are furnished to special order.
Rated capacity, t ................ 800
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 80
Number of strokes per minute ...... 12
Slide adjustment, mm ............. 200
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm 760
Width between uprights, mm ...... 2500
Bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B ........ ............ 1500
R. to L. :....... *--***** 2500
Thickness of bolster,plate,-mm .... 190
Openings in.bed (two openings), mm:
F. to B .................... 1050
R.to L ............ ....... 1000
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Knuckle joint presses represent the universal type of coining and embossing
presses and are widely used for the cold stamping operations requiring a short
stroke (sizing, coining, embossing, straightening after stamping, etc.).
Attainable accuracy in thickness of the finished articles is up to 0.05 mm
depending on the allowance.'
- Considerable unit pressures developed in compressing metal in a cold state*
demand a reliable construction with an ample factor of safety for all its parts.
In order to obtain maximum accuracy of coining, the press is built of an
extremely rigid construction ensuring minimum "sag" during operation.
The frame is composed of a platen two uprights and a crown securely keyed
and held together by four tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame is
made of high-quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in
their construction being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the
stresses imposed upon them. To take up shearing stresses at. the joints, the
keys 'are provided.
The slide moves along the slide ways of the frame. The motion of the slide
is effected by the crankshaft through a system of toggle links. The slide is
made of high-quality cast iron.
STANKOIMPORT
Slide adjustment is accomplished by a wedge and screw device. The 'screw
is driven through a worm drive and, a vertical shaft. The shaft is rotated by a
ratchet mechanism. -
The starting friction clutch is equipped with two sliding keys. A periodical
action brake is provided for absorbing the inertia pressure of the flywheel at
the throwing in' of the clutch.
The press is provided with an automatic control. system which is operated
by means of an electric treadle or by a push-button station.
The system of control permits to obtain the following cycles:
Separate stroke operation ?-. when' the slide stops after one stroke at the
upper dead center regardless of whether the two starting buttons or the treadle
be pressed-or not.
Continuous run - when the press works as long as the treadle or the two
starting push-buttons are pressed down.
Automatic operation - when the press is started by pressing down a special
push-button "on" and works until another button "off" is pressed.
Lubrication of the toggle-link pivots is accomplished by a gear pump driven
by an individual electric motor. This gear-pump motor is switched on simul-
taneously with the main motor and if for any reason the auxiliary motor
should stop the press is automatically stopped.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment, suitable for A. 0.
supply (working current at request), set of wrenches and service manual con-
taining all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure- of slide near bottom of
stroke, t ............ !.........
Stroke of slide, mm ... .....
Number of strokes per minute.....
Die space, distance from top of bed to
bottom of slide (stroke down, ad-
justment up), mm .............
Slide adjustment, mm ............
Distance between guides, mm......
Area of top of bed; mm:
F. to B ....................
R. to L....................
Opening in bed diameter, mm .....
Size of bolster plate, mm:
L ................. . .
R. to,
Thickness of bolster plate, mm, ....
400
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B ....................
400
55
R. to L ....................
510
40
Distance from bed to guides, mm...
420
A. C
Drive motor:
410
.
Power, kW ........ .... 10
15
Speed, r.p.m ............... 1000
510
Oil pump motor:
660
Power, kW ............... 1.0
Speed, r.p.m .............. 1000
660
Floor space, mm:
70
F. to
......... 1820
B ......
to
..
L 2160
660
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 3300
640
Height of platen above floor, mm... 700
120
Net weight, kg .:......... approx. '14200
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STANKOIMPORT
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... '530
R. to L................... 820
A. C. Drive motor:
Power, kW .............. 14
Speed, r.p.m ................ 1000
Slide adjusting motor: _
Power, kW ..................1.7
Speed, r.p.m ............... 1000
Oil pump motor:
Power, kW ...... 1.0
Speed; r.p.m ............... 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2300
R. to L ................... -2142
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 4480
Height of platen above floor, mm... -800
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 31700
STAN KOIM.PO?RT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
KNUCKLE JOINT COINING PRESS
MODEL IC 846
I nuckle joint presses represent the universal type of coining and embossing
presses and are widely used for the cold stamping operations requiring a short
stroke (sizing, coining, embossing, straightening after stamping etc.).
Attainable accuracy in thickness of the finished articles is up to 0.05 mm
depending on the allowance.
Considerable unit pressures .developed in compressing metal in a cold state
demand a reliable construction with an ample fadtor of safety for all its parts.
In order to obtain maximum accuracy of coining, the press is built of an
extremely rigid construction ensuring minimum "sag" during operation.
The frame is composed of a platen, two uprights and a crown securely keyed
and held together by four tie-rods, which are shrunk in place. The frame is
made of high-quality cast iron. All presses are rigidly built, materials used in
their construction being specially chosen for their suitability to withstand the
.stresses imposed upon them. To take up shearing stresses at the joints the
keys are provided.
The slide moves along the slide ways of the frame. The motion of the slide
is effected -by the crankshaft through a system of toggle links. The slide is
made of high-quality cast iron.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by means of a wedge and screw device
driven through reduction gear.
The reduction gear ist driven by an individual motor. The adjusting screw
is provided with a pointer, Turning the pointer through one division of the
scale corresponds to die space adjustment of 0.05 mm. The movement of the
adjusting screw is restricted by terminal switches. -
The starting clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type and is coupled-with a
multiple-disc brake. -
The brake ensures stopping the slide at any desired point of the stroke.
The clutch is engaged by means of an electro-magnetic switch.
The press is driven by an individual motor through a multiple V-belt driv-
ing the flywheel mounted on the intermediate shaft, from which the motion
is transmitted to the crankshaft through a pair of gears.
An additional brake is provided for stopping the flywheel when the motor
is switched off. This brake is operated by compressed air through a special
valve. __
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch and the
main brake, as well as to the flywheel brake. A constant air pressure-in the
circuit is maintained by means of receivers and a reducing valve.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. Central lubrication of the
toggle links is effected by an oil pump driven by an individual motor. The
gibs, crankshaft and connecting rod bearings are lubricated by means of a
hand operated grease pump.
The press is equipped with automatic push-button control. The system of
control permits either separate stroke or continuous run, as well as inching
motions necessary for setting and adjusting dies.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment suitable for A. C.
supply (working current at request), set of wrenches and service manual con-
taining all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance. '
Pressure near bottom of stroke, t... 800
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 65
Number of strokes per minute ..... 33
Die space, distance from top of bed to -
bottom of slide (stroke down, ad-
justment up), mm ............. .. 500
Slide adjustment, mm ..... ...... 15
Distance between guides, mm..... 670
Area of top of bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 860
R. to L.................... '860
Opening in bed, diameter, mm 90
Size of bolster plate, mm:
F. to B ..................... 860
R. to L .................... 840
Thickness of bolster plate, mm :....150
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STANKOIMPORT
Upper stripper force, t ... ....... 2.5
Upper stripper stroke, mm ......... 50
Lower stripper force, t ............ 10
Lower stripper stroke, mm ........ ; . 50
Electric motor power, kW ........ 28
Electric .motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
F. to B .................... 2515
R. to L.................... 2980
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ................ 4675
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 35000
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The press is designed for hot stamping and sizin
metal forgings for mass and large lot g of ferrous and non-ferrous
in comparison with air and steam hammn mechanical forging presses
possess higher efficiency and production ca a 6rs
blanks are used. F p city, especially p
antes, have the adv ntage of Pesses produce parts with smallemwhen rolled sha,
achining allow-
of noiseless operation, do not produce ground
vibrations and do not require massive foundations.
The frame is a closed-type -all-welded structure, +
ample rigidity and absence of frame deflect maximum wedge
he frame. design ensures
is effected by means of this table.
Adjustment of die space
The drive is of a one-sided type and is from
Power is
an individual electri motor,
by - transmitted from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft
c '
stages: a V centric drive to the flywheel shaft and then through a gear train two
The eccentric shaft is mounted in
bushings are press-fitted, solid bearing housings into which bronze
The slide is of a box section t e ? In adclition to the main lower ; it travels in guides provided o,
guides, the slid on the frame
e is provided with auxiliary upper
guides. The slide is actuated by the eccentric shaft and is equipped with all
adjustable stripper. The lower face "of the slide is covered by a hardened steel
bolster plate to which the upper die is fastened. Slide motion is counterbalanced
by a pneumatic cylinder with constant air pressure.
The clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type. It is built into the large gear
of the eccentric shaft and is actuated by compressed air.
The band brake is intended for stopping the slide in the upper position.
The brake is applied by spring action and is released by a pneumatic cylinder
connected to the air distributing system of the friction clutch. For stopping
the flywheel and the driving' shaft, when the electric motor is switched off,
a pneumatic shoe-brake is provided. This brake is actuated by a valve.mounted
on the control panel.
The lower stripper, actuated by a cam mounted on the eccentric shaft, is
intended for ejecting finished pieces from the lower die.
Press control is automatic and is of a -combined electric and pneumatic
type. Control is effected either by an electrically operated treadle or from a
push-button station. The press is designed for the following operation cycles:
single stroke operation by push-button or treadle; inching operation by push-
button for setting up or adjusting dies; and continuous (automatic) operation
by push-button.
The lubrication system is of a centralized force-feed type and is effected
by a special pump station through measuring feeders. A pressure gauge is
provided for controlling the pressure in the lubrication system. Simplicity of
the lubricating system and its reliability ensure long service of the friction
surfaces and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment, mounted on the press, provides compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes
and slide counterbalancing cylinder. Constant pressure in the compressed air
circuit is maintained by a reducing valve. The press is provided with a friction
type safety device designed for a present load.
A hydraulic attachment for tightening the nuts of the safety device, is
furnished with the press.
The press is delivered complete with electric equipment and wiring, lubrica-
tion system with pump station and pressure gauge, air equipment mounted
on the press including air distributing system, oil atomizer, water separator,
clutch and counterbalancing cylinder air receivers, pressure gauge and valves,
upper and lower bolster plates, hydraulic attachment for tightening nuts of
the friction safety device, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical
i
nstructions for'installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 630
Stroke of slide, mm ........... . .. 200
Number of strokes per minute ....... 90
Die space, distance from bed to slide -
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm 560
Table height adjustment, mm...... 20
Distance clear betwen uprights, mm 680
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 600
R.to L.................... 600
Table dimensions, mm:
F. to B. '- - * - -- ...... 820
R. to L .................... 410
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STAN KO IMP0RT
Upper stripper stroke, mm ......... 50
Lower stripper stroke, mm ........^ 50
Upper stripper force, t ............ 2.5
Lower stripper force, t ............. 12
Electric motor power, kW ......... 55
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2800
R. to L.................... 3255
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ............ 4975
Net weight, kg ........... approx.--55000
STAN KO IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
MECHANICAL FOJIGING PRESS
MODEL IL 863
The mechanical forging press is designed for hot'stamping and sizing of
ferrous and non-ferrous metal forgings for mass and large lot production. In
comparison with air and steam hammers, mechanical forging presses possess
higher efficiency and production capacity, especially when rolled shape blanks
are used. Far in
have the advantage oresses f noiseless operation, do no smaller produce ground
and do not require massive foundations, machining allowances,
The frame is aclosed-type all-melded structure, Frame design vibrations
es~gn ensures ample
rigidity and absence of frame deflection at maximum load. A wedge shaped
table is mounted in the lower part of the frame. Die space adjustment is carried
out by means of.this table.
The drive is of a one-sided type and is from an individual electric motor.
Power from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft is transmitted in two
stages:'b a r-
Y belt drive to the flywheel shaft and then through a gear train
to the eccentric shaft. The eccentric shaft is mounted in solid bearing housings
into which bronze bushings are press-fitted.
The slide is of a box-section type; it travels in glides provided on the frame.
In addition to the main lower guides, the slide is provided with ausiliiLr u er
y pp
guides. The slide is actuated by the eccentric shaft and is equipped with an
adjustable stripper. The lower face of the slide is covered by a hardened steel
bolster plate to which the upper die is fastened. Slide motion is counterbalanced
by a pneumatic cylinder with constant air pressure.
The clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type. It is built into the large gear
of the eccentric shaft and is actuated by compressed air.
The band brake is intended for stopping the slide in the upper position.
The brake is applied by spring action and is released by a pneumatic *cylinder
connected to the air distributing system of the friction clutch. For "stopping
the flywheel and the driving shaft when the motor is switched off a pneumatic
shoe-brake is provided. This brake is actuated by a valve mounted on-control
panel. .
The lower stripper, actuated by a cam mounted on the. eccentric shaft, is
intended for ejecting finished pieces from the lower die.
Press control is automatic and is of a combined electric and pneumatic
type. Control is effected either by an electrically operated treadle or from
a push-button station. The press is designed for the following operation cycles:
single stroke operation by push-button or treadle, continuous (automatic)
operation by push-button and inching operation by push-button for setting
up or adjusting dies.
The lubrication system is of a centralized force-feed type and is effected
by a special pump station through measuring feeders. A pressure gauge is
provided for controlling the pressure in the lubricating system. Simplicity of
the lubricating system and its reliability ensure long service of the friction
surfaces and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment, mounted on the press, provides air supply from the shop
mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes and
slide counterbalancing cylinder. Constant pressure in the compressed air circuit
is maintained by a reducing valve.
A hydraulic attachment, for tightening nuts of the friction safety device
designed for a preset load, is furnished with the press.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment
and wiring, lubricating equipment with pump station and pressure gauge, air
equipment including air distributing system, oil atomizer, water separator,
receiver tanks for the clutch and counterbalancing cylinder, pressure gauge
and all the required valves; upper and lower bolster plates, hydraulic attach-
ment for tightening nuts of the friction- safety device, a set of wrenches and
all the necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 1000
Stroke of slide, mm ............ 250
Number of strokes per minute ...... 80
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm -560
Table height adjustment, mm ..... 15
Distance clear between. uprights, mm 860
Table dimensions, mm: '
F. to B .................... 990
R. to L..................... 500
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 720
R.to L .................... 720
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
'MECHANICAL FORGING PRESS
11I0DFL IC 864
The mechanical forging press is designed for. hot stamping and sizin g of
ferrous and non-ferrous metal forging, for mass and large lot production. In
comparison with air and steam hammers, mechmnical -forging
higher efficiency and production" capacity especially when rolled shape blan
are used: Forging presses possess
presses produce parts with smaller machining allowances,
have the advantage of noiseless operation do not produce ground vibrations.
and do not require massive foundations.
The frame is aclosed-tons'
rigidity and absence of frame deflection at maximum load. design wed a shares ample
g shaped table
is mounted in the lower part of the frame. Die space adjustment is carried
by means of this table.
out
The drive is of a one-sided type and is from an individual electric motor.
Power from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft is transmitted in stages: by a V-belt drive to the flywheel shaft and then through a gear train
to the eccentric shaft. The eccentric shaft is mounted in solid bearing d m two
into which bronze bushings are press-fitted.
housings
The slide is of a box-section type and travels in guides provided on the
frame. In addition to the main lower guides, the slide is provided with auxiliary
STANKOIMPORT
upper guides. The slide is actuated by the eccentric shaft and is equipped with
an adjustable stripper. The lower face of the slide is covered by a hardened
steel bolster plate to which the upper die is fastened. Slide motion is counter-
balanced by a pneumatic cylinder with constant air pressure.
The clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type. It is built into the'large gear
of the eccentric shaft and is actuated by compressed air.
The band brake is intended for stopping the slide in the upper position. The
brake is applied by spring action and is released by a pneumatic cylinder con-
nected to the air distributing system of the friction clutch. For stopping the
flywheel and the driving shaft when- the -electric motor is switched off; a pneu-
matic shoe-brake is provided. The brake is actuated by a valve mounted on
control panel.
The lower stripper, actuated by a cam mounted on the eccentric shaft, is
intended for ejecting finished pieces from the lower die.
Press control is automatic and is of a combined electric and pneumatic
type. Control is effected, either by an electrically operated treadle or from a
push-button station. The press is designed for the following operation cycles:
single stroke operation by push-button or treadle; continuous (automatic) ope-
ration by push-button and inching operation by push-button for setting up or
adjusting dies.
The lubricating system is of a centralized force-feed type and is effected by
a special pump station through measuring feeders. A pressure gauge is provided
for controlling the pressure in the lubricating system. Simplicity of the lubri-
cating system and its reliability ensure long service of the friction surfaces
and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment mounted on the press provides air supply from the shop
mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes and
slide counterbalancing cylinder. Constant pressure in the compressed air cir-
cuit is maintained by a reducing valve.
The hydraulic attachment, for tightening nuts of the friction safety device
designed for a preset load, is furnished with the press.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment with pump station and pressure gauge; air
equipment mounted on the press, including air distributor, oil atomizer, water
separator, receiver tanks for clutch and counterbalancing cylinder, pressure
gauge and all the required valves; upper and lower bolster plates, hydraulic
attachment for tightening nuts of the friction safety device, a set of wrenches.
and all the necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 1600
Stroke of slide, mm .. . 300
Number of strokes per minute ........ 75
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm 660
Table height adjustment, mm..... '10
Distance clear between uprights, mm 980
Table dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1200
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B ..................... 910. mm....; .......... ....... 5430
R. to L..................... 860 -let weight, kg ........... approx. 85170
STAN KOI-M*PORT
Upper stripper force, t........ "..... 2.5
Upper stripper stroke, mm 50
Lower stripper force, t ......... :... 15
Lower stripper stroke, mm ........ . 50
Electric motor power, kW ........ . 75
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, 'mm .............. 3700X3190
59
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
MECHANICAL FORGING PRESS
310DEL MKI] 1500
The mechanical forging press is designed for hot stamping and sizing of
ferrous and non-ferrous metal forgings for mass and large lot production. In
comparison with air and steam hammers, mechanical forging presses possess
higher efficiency and production capacity, especially when rolled shape blanks
are used. Forging presses produce parts with smaller machining allowances,
have the advantage of noiseless operation, do not produce ground vibrations
and do not require massive foundations.
The frame is of the closed-type. It is a solid casting made of high-quality
steel. Frame design ensures ample rigidity and absence of frame deflection at
maximum load. A wedge shaped table is located in the lower part-of the frame.
Adjustment of die space is effected by means of this table.
The drive is of a one-sided type and is from an individual electric motor.
Power is transmitted from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft in two
stages: by a V-belt drive to the flywheel shaft and then through a gear train
to the eccentric shaft. The eccentric shaft is mounted in split bearings with
bronze liners and half-rings.
The eccentric shaft is an alloy steel forging.
STAN'K,OIMPORT
The slide is of a box-section type and travels in guides provided on the
frame. In addition to the main lower guides, the slide is provided with auxiliary
upper guides. The slide is actuated by the eccentric shaft and is equipped with
an adjustable stripper. The lower face of the slide is covered by a hardened
steel bolster plate to which upper die is fastened. The slide is counterbalanced
by a pneumatic cylinder with constant air pressure.
The clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type. It is built into the large gear
of the eccentric shaft and is actuated by compressed air.
The band brake is intended for stopping the slide in the upper position with
the clutch disengaged. The brake is applied by spring action and is released by
a pneumatic cylinder connected to the air distributing system of the friction
clutch. For stopping the flywheel and drive shaft when the electric motor is
switched off, a pneumatic shoe-brake is provided. This brake is actuated by
a valve mounted on the control panel.
The lower stripper, actuated by a cam mounted on the eccentric shaft, is
intended for ejecting finished pieces from the lower die.
Press control is automatic and is of a combined electric and pneumatic
type. Control is effected either by an electrically operated treadle or from a
push-button station. The press is designed for the following operation cycles:
single stroke operation by push-button or treadle, inching operation for setting
up or adjusting dies by push-button and continuous (automatic) operation
by push-button.
The lubricating system is of a centralized force-feed type and is effected by
a special pump station through measuring feeders. A pressure gauge is provided
for measuring and controlling the pressure in the lubricating system. Simplicity
and reliability of the lubricating system ensure long service of the friction
surfaces and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment mounted on the press provides air supply from the shop
mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes and
counterbalancing cylinder. Constant pressure in the compressed air circuit is
maintained by a reducing valve.
The hydraulic attachment, for tightening nuts of the safety friction device
designed for a preset load, is furnished with the press.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating equipment with pump station and pressure gauge; air
equipment mounted on the press including air distributors, oil atomizer, water.
separator, receiver tanks for the clutch and counterbalancing cylinder, pressure
gauge and all the required valves; lower and upper bolster plates, hydraulic
attachment for tightening nuts of 'the safety device, a set of wrenches and all
the necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t ................ 1500
Stroke of slide, mm . .............. 300
Number of strokes per minute ...... 75
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm 660
Table height adjustment, mm...... 10
Distance clear between uprights, mm 980
Slide dimensions, mm:
F.to B .................... 910
R. to L.................... 860
Table dimensions, mm:
F. to B ..................... 1200
R. to L .................... 940
Stroke of upper stripper, mm...... 50
Stroke of lower stripper, mm. , .... 50
Pressure in air circuit, atm.... ...-4 to 5
Electric motor power, kW ........ 75
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Press dimensions, mm:
F. to B ......... .......... 3050
R. to L.................... -3700
Total height . .... ........ 5650
Height above floor level.... 5260
Height below floor level.... 390
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 102000
STAN KO-1 M PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STAN KOIMPORT
Press dimensions, mm:
F. to B ....................3855
R. to L .. ............... 4350
Total height ............... 6780
Height above floor level.... 6000
Height below floor level...... 780
Net weight, kg.......... approx. 170000
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
MECHANICAL FORGING PRESS
MODEL MK1I 2500
The mechanical forging press is designed for hot stamping and sizing of
ferrous and non-ferrous metal forgings for mass and large lot production. In
comparison with air and steam hammers, mechanical forging presses possess
higher efficiency and production capacity, especially when rolled shape blanks
are used. Forging presses produce parts with smaller machining allowances,
have the advantage of noiseless operation, do not produce ground vibrations
and do not require massive foundations.
The frame is a closed-type solid casting made of high-quality steel. Frame
design ensures ample rigidity and absence of frame deflection at maximum
load. A wedge shaped table is located in the lower part of the frame. Adjust-
ment of die space- is effected by means of this table.
The drive is of a one-sided type and is from an individual electric motor.
Power is transmitted from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft in two
stages.; by a V_belt drive to the fl
s ghe ecceat e drive shaft and then through a gear train
The eccentric shaft is mounted in split bearings with
bronze liners and half-rings.
The eccentric shaft is an alloy steel forging.
The elide is of a box-section type and travels in guides provided on the
frame. In addition to the main lower guides, the slide is provided with auxi-
liary upper guides. The slide is actuated by the eccentric shaft and is equipped
with an adjustable stripper. The lower face, of the slide is covered by a hardened
steel bolster plate to which the upper die is fastened. The slide is counter-
balanced by a pneumatic cylinder with constant air pressure.
The clutch is of a multiple-disc friction type. It is built into the-large gear
of the eccentric shaft and is actuated by compressed air.
The band brake is intended for stopping the slide in the upper position
with the clutch disengaged. The brake is applied by spring action and is rele-
ased by a pneumatic cylinder connected to the air distributing system of the
friction clutch. For stopping the flywheel and drive shaft when the electric
motor is switched off, a pneumatic shoe-brake is provided. The brake is actua-
ted by a valve mounted on the control panel.
The lower stripper, actuated by a cam mounted on the eccentric shaft, is
intended for ejecting finished pieces from the lower die.
Press control is automatic and is of a combined electric and pneumatic
type. Control is effected either by an electrically operated treadle or from a
push-button station. The press is designed for the following operation cycles:
single stroke operation by push-button or treadle, inching operation for setting
up or adjusting dies by push-button and continuous (automatic) operation by
push-button.
The lubricating system is of a centralized force-feed type and is effected by
a special pump station through measuring feeders.. A pressure gauge is provided
for controlling the pressure in the lubricating system. Simplicity and relia-
bility of the lubricating system ensure long service of friction surfaces and
protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment mounted on the press provides air supply from the shop
mains through the filtre and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brakes and
counterbalancing cylinder. Constant pressure in the compressed air circuit is
maintained by a reducing valve.
The hydraulic attachment, for tightening nuts of the safety device designed
for a preset load, is furnished with the press.
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment and
wiring, lubricating system with piping and pressure gauge, air equipment
mounted on the press including air distributors, oil atomizer, water separator,
receiver tanks for the clutch and counterbalancing cylinder, pressure gauge
and all the required valves; upper and lower bolster plates, hydraulic attach-
ment for tightening nuts of the safety device, a set of wrenches arid- all the
necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t .................
Stroke of slide, mm ..............
Number of strokes per minute ......
Die space, distance from bed to slide
(stroke down,'adjustment up), mm
Table height adjustment, mm.....
2500
Stroke of upper stripper, mm......
65
350
Stroke of-lower stripper, mm...:..
65,
60
Air pressure in circuit, atm......... `
4 to 5
890
Electric motor power, kW ........
110
16
Electric motor speed, r.p.m. .......
750
Distance clear between uprights, mm 1220
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1120
R. to L.................... 1070
Table dimensions, mm:
F.to B............ .... 1400
R. to L ...:.................1200
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
SMUGHT-SIDE SI GLE CRANK
TRIMMING PRESS WITH OUTERSLIDE
3fODRL K 9S4
The press is particularly reconunanded for blanking; pie chig and for trims -
in dro for
p figs' u
The frame is compdsed of a platen, two uprights and it drown scow r
keyed and held together by tie-rods, which are shrunk in placQ Tim made of /ugh-quality cast iron..Al1 presses are rigidly built na iel~
fraane is
their construction being specially chosen for their suitability to '
s imposed upon them, atonal, used in
key, are provided.To take up shearing stressos at the'jol;t~ the
The press is driven by an individual motor. 'he naotiou is tsansanitt
the motor to the crankshaft through jt-belts and train of "cars. Tho
rotates in split bronze bearings, ed from
The slide is of a box section type; has four guides. Jpe; it is made of high-
The slide moves over long aquality cast iron and
while two front ones J guides. The tiro rear guides are
gaga/-adjustable,
? by pneumatic cylinders atja p b e. The balan rez;"Ure 5.5 of kg/sq. oftde ,hide is accomplished
Slide adjustment is accomplished by an individual electric motor through
an open type reduction gear which revolves the adjusting screw. The motion
of the screw is limited by terminal, switches.
The outer slide is located at the left. side of the press and moves along the
guiding gibs by means of an overhanging eccentric fastened to the crankshaft.
Distance between the bed and the outer slide is adjusted by turning a spe-
cially provided ring.
The clutch of a multiple-disc friction type is coupled with a multiple-disc
brake. The clutch plates are pressed together by springs, which ensure a uni-
form braking effort. The outside clutch and brake plates are-made adjustable
to compensate for the wear of ferrodo lining. For better cooling the clutch
hub, the cylinder and the brake hub are connected by air-venting channels.
The clutch shaft is running in taper roller bearings. The driving clutch plates
and the stationary disc plates are made of a special quality cast iron..:
The pressure in the clutch cylinder is about 2.5 kg/sq. cm.
The press is equipped with a combined push-button and treadle control.
The system of control permits either single stroke or continuous run, as well
as inching motions necessary for setting up and adjusting dies. The starting
push-buttons and the treadle are provided with a safety interlocking device
requiring both hands to operate.
The lubricating system of the press is of a combined type. Central lubrica-
tion of the principal points is effected by a grease pump, with automatic fee-
ders, while the less important friction parts are lubricated by hand. Simplicity
and reliability of the lubricating system ensure long service of the friction
parts and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air conduit mounted on the press ensures compressed air supply from
the shop mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, the
brake and the slide-balancing cylinders. A constant air pressure of 2.5kg/sq. cm,
in the clutch and brake circuit, and of 5 to 6 kg/sq. cm in the slide-balancing
cylinders is maintained by a reducing valve.
A special brake, for stopping the flywheel, when the motor is switched off,
is provided.
Standard equipment: Complete set of electrical equipment for A. C. supply
(working current at request), bolster plate, oil pump and piping, oil 'cups,
grease guns, air conduit on the press only, set of wrenches and service manual
containing all necessary instructions for erection and maintenance.
Pressure of slide near bottom of
slide, t ....................... 315
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 210
Number of strokes per minute.... 25
Die space, distance from top of bed to
bottom of slide (stroke down, ad-
justment up), mm ............. 750
Adjustment of slide, mm .......... 150
Distance between uprights, mm ... 930
Distance between guides, mm...... 770
Area of top of bed, mm:
F.to B .................... 1370
R. to L.................... 930
Opening in bed, mm:
F. to B .................... 560
R. to L.................... 560
Bolster plate size, mm:
F. to B ............... .. 1370
R. to L .................... 920
Thickness of bolster plate, mm.... , 120-
Slide dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1150
L R. to 750'
Outer slide rated capacity, t ...... _ 100
Stroke of slide, mm ................ 130
Slide connecting rod adjustment,
mm ...........................
Distance, center of slide to frame, mm
Electric motor power, kW ........
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
Auxiliary motor power, kW .......
Auxiliary motor speed, r.p.m.......
Floor space, nun :
100
-250
20
1000
2.8
1000
F. to B .................... 3050
R.to L.................... 2387
Maximum height above floor, mm.. 5638
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 33300
STANKOIMPOR?T.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
STANKOIMPO TR
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STRAIGHT-SIDE SINGLE CRANK
TRIMMING PRESS WITH OUTER SLIDI,.,
i
MODEL K 987
The press is intended for hot and cold trimming after forging, as well as for
blanking and piercing operations.
The outer slide is used for cropping holding lugs and for trimming for in s.
The frame comprises a bed, two uprights and erotvn,'drawn together h
tie-rods shrunk in place. The frame is made of?high-quality cast iron. Frame
design ensures ample rigidity
load, and absence of frame deflection at maximum
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the electric motor to the crankshaft in three stages: the first stage to the fly-
wheel shaft, is through multiple V-belt drive, the second stage is thro
single and the third -. ' Oy-
through a double gear train. The crankshaft is mounted
STANKOIMPORr, ?
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
in split bronze-lined bearings. Gears and pinions are made of steel. The crank-
shaft is a high-quality steel forging.
The slide is of a box-section type. It is made of high-quality cast iron and
has four guiding surfaces. The slide travels in long frame guides. The two
front guides are adjustable while the two rear guides are non-adjustable. Slide
motion is counterbalanced by four pneumatic cylinders mounted on the up-
rights.
Slide adjustment is accomplished by an individual electric motor-through
a gear reducing unit gear. To restrict adjustment limits, in addition to the
indicating pointers on the frame, the machine is equipped with limit switches,
which automatically shut off the electric motor at the upper and lower adjust-
ment positions of the slide.
The outer slide is situated on the right side of the press. The outer slide is
reciprocated in its guides by means of a crank and connection coupled to the
slide through an adjusting screw with a spherical bearing surface. The die
space is adjusted by hand through a worm gear.
The clutch is of the pneumatic multiple-disc friction type and is-coupled
to a multiple-disc brake. The brake discs are forced together by springs to
provide constant braking force and constant action. To compensate the wear
of asbestos or ferrodo-faced discs, the outermost discs of the clutch and brake
are adjustable. The clutch shaft is mounted in taper roller bearings. The driv-
ing discs of the clutch and the stationary discs of the brake are made of a
special grade cast iron. Air pressure in the clutch cylinder is about 2.6 atm.
Press control is of a combined push-button and treadle type. The control
system provides for single strokes and continuous (automatic) operation as
well as for inching operation applied in setting up or adjusting dies. The
starting push-buttons are provided with a safety device requiring both hands
to start the machine.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. Principal friction surfaces
are grease-lubricated by a centralized system through measuring feeders from
a hand pump station while the other points are lubricated individually by
hand. Simplicity and reliability of the lubricating system ensure long service
of the friction surfaces and protect them from dust and dirt.
The air equipment mounted on the press provides air supply from the shop
mains through the filter and oil atomizer to the friction clutch, brake and
counterbalancing cylinders. Constant pressure in the compressed air circuit
is maintained by a reducing valve.
A special brake is provided for quickly stopping the flywheel when.the
electric motor is switched off.
The press Is delivered complete with main drive electric motor, auxiliary
electric motor for die space adjustment, starting equipment and wiring, lubri-
cating pump and piping; air equipment including receiver tanks and pressure
gauges; oil cans and lubricating guns; bolster plate; a set of wrenches and all
the necessary technical instructions and drawings for installation and opera-
tion.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t.................
630
Slide adjustment, mm ..
180
Stroke of slide, mm ..............
420
Bed dimensions, mm:
Number of strokes per minute ......
12
F. to B .............. . ....
1260
Die space, distance from bed to slide
R. to L ............. . ..
1220
(stroke down, adjustment up), mm
780
Distance between guides, mm.......
1040
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
F. to B....,.,,
R. to L.. ... 3005,;:
Height above floor level 3125
Not weight, kg , , , , , , mn ' ' ' .. ? 0505':
approx. 00840
STANK01MP0 TR
STANK 01MPOR,T
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Recess in slide for die shanks, mm:
Width ....................
Depth ....................
OpeninF g in bed, mm:
. to B . . ..................
R. to L....................
Slide dimensions F. to B., mm .....
Bolster plate thickness, mm .. , , , . .
Distance from bed to guides, mm...
Outer slide capacity, t , .... , , . . . , ,
Stroke of outer slide, mm ..... , ...
Die space, distance from bed to outer
slide (stroke down, adjustment up),
mm
.....,
230
Outer slide bed dimensions, mm:
F. to B .............
rt:,
9=
0
45
R. to L.,
0
Opening in outer slide bed (dia
ter
,
080"
700
me
)
mm.
760
090
Recess in outer slide for
shanks, mm: punch
300
Diameter
' ` ''
155
.......... ,
.....
Depth ....
75`.',.
800
200
......
Distance from outer slide bed togur
des
mm
85'j
150
,
.
Electric motor power, kW ......... ? 3805;;
Electric motor speed, r,p.m. .. , ... 1500:';;:
Floor space, mm:
...... 500
Die space adjustment for outer slide
mm..; ........... ............ 130
STRAIGHTENING
SINGLE CRANK. PRESS
MODEL K6105
The press is designed for straightening rods, pipes and structural steel
shapes, as well as for,breaking test samples. The press can be used on finishing
lines of rolling' mills and pipe manufacturing plants, as well as in, heat treatment
and blank preparation shops of machine building works.
The press is simple in maintenance and reliable in operation.
Straightening of 'parts is accomplished. by three pressure blocks, ' The
movable upper block is mounted on the slide while the other two are fastened
to the table, The work to be. straightened is moved along on two rollers which
are raised by springs after the slide has moved upward.
The frame is a C-shaped steel casting. The table Is -provided with recesses
and grooves for setting up and moving the pressure block holders.
The drive is from an individual electric motor.
The upper and lower slides are intended for moving the upper straightening
pressure. block. The upper slide is reciprocated by the crankshaft and travels
in flat guides.
_
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STANKOIMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
The lower slide, on which the pressure block is mounted is actuated. by the
upper slide and travels in four guides. The upper and lower slides are linked.
by two, special, racks. The stationary upper rack is mounted rigidly on the
upper slide and the movable lower rack is mounted on the screw head between
two) guides, When the teeth of the two racks coincide, the press makes its
working stroke, When the press runs idle, the teeth of the stationary rack
coincide with the recesses of the movable rack.
The press is started from the control panel by push-buttons and an electro-
magnet actuating the starting mechanism through a system of levers.
By means of a special change-over switch, the. press can be operated on
single, a4 well as on continuous (automatic) strokes.
The lubricating system is of a combined type:
Centralized grease lubrication for the principal friction surfaces: crankshaft
and intermediate shaft bearings, upper and lower slide guides and upper slide
block;
Individual grease-gun lubrication through ball-type grease cups;
Oil drop-Iubricators for the guides of the movable rack slide;
The gear reducing unit is splash-lubricated by oil poured into the casing.
The centralized lubricating system comprises a hand-operated grease pump
station, measuring feeders and oil piping.
The press is delivered complete with electric motors starting and protecting
equipment and wiring, lubricating equipment, straightening tools, grease -gun,
oil can, a, set of V-belts, and all the necessary technical instructions for installa-
tion and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................
Stroke of slide, mm ..............
Number of strokes per minute ......
Adjustment of slide, mm ..........
Gap, mm....... ......-----
Width between uprights, mm:
Maximum ............. .
Minimum .................... .
Diameter of pipe to be straightened,
200
Bar and section steel, mm:
70
Jlaximum .................
150
30
:Minimum .......... ...
20
100
Slain electric motor power, kW....
14
320
Main electric motor speed, r.p.m....
1500
Air pressure in cylinder, kg/sq. cm .
4
1800
Floor space, mm:
440
F. to B ....................
2215
mm ....................... 76 to 219 Maximum height, above floor level,
Maximum thickness of pipe walls, mm ........................... 4130 .
rte ........................... 40 ? Net weight, kg .......... approx. 15300
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STRAIGHTENING `
SINGLE CRANK PRESS
MODEL K 108
The press is designed for straightening rods, pipes and structural 'steel
shapes as well as for breaking test samples. The press can be used on finishing
lines of rolling mills-and pipe manufacturing plants, as well as in heat treatment
and blank preparation shops of machine building works.
The press is simple in maintenance and reliable in operation.
Straightening of parts is accomplished by three pressure blocks. The
movable upper block is mounted, on the slide while the other two are fastened
to the table.
The work to be straightened is moved along on two rollers which areiaised
by springs after the slide has moved upward. ,
The frame is a C-shaped steel casting. The table is provided with recesses
and grooves for setting up and moving the pressure block holders.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. '
The upper and lower slides are intended for moving the upper straightening
pressure block. The upper slide is reciprocated by the crankshaft and travels
in` flat guides.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The lower slide, on which the pressure block i
s mounted is attd b:
cuaey the upper slide and travels in four
uides Th
g
e upper and llid
.ower ses are linkedk
by two special racks. The stationar
u
e
k i
y
pp
r rac
s mounted th
one upper slide r<
and the movable lower rack is mounted on the screw head between two guides.
When the teeth of the two racks coincide the
press makes itski
, worng stroke.--,.-'
When the press runs idle, the teeth of the stationary rack coincide with the
recesses of the movable rack
.
The press is started from the control panel by push-buttons and an electro=magnet actuating the startin
me
i
g
chan
sm throughtf
a sysem o levers.
The lubricating system is of a c
bi
om
ned type:
Centralized grease lubrication F
ith
r
grease for thiil fi
e prncparction surfaces:'
crankshaft and intermediate shaft bearings, upper and lower slide guides and
,upper slide block;
Individual grease-gun lubrication through ball-type grease cups;
Oil drop lubricators for the
id
gu
es of the mblkl
ovae rac side;
The gear reducing unit is splash-lubricated by oil poured into the casing.
The centralized lubricating system com
ris
h
p es
a
and opetd stationi
rae grease-pump, measurng feeders and oil pipin
g.
Tho press is delivered complete with electric motors, starting and protecting
equipment and wiring, lubricating equipment, straightening tools, grease-gun,
oil can, a set of V-belts and all the necessary technical instructions for installa-
tion and operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t . ,
Stroke of slide, mm ............. ? 400
Number of strokes per 20
Lower slide adjustment,imm ..... 20
Gap, mm.. 150
Width between uprights, mm. '120
Minimum.. .
Maximum . .............. 700
Maximum diameter of ' ?' ' ? 3000
straightened, mm ..pipe to be
Maximum thickness . . of 400
mm..... Pipe walls,
40
Bar and section steel, mm:
Minimum..... , . , , 50
Maximum ..... ........ 100
Main electric motor power, kW... , 28
Main electric motor speed, r.p.m.... 1500
Air pressure in cylinders, lcg/sq.cm... 3
Floor space, mm:
F. to B........... 2850
R. to L........................ . 4300
Height above floor level, mm....:. 5160
Net weight, kg ........, approx. 36270
STANK0FMPO TR
PUNCHING PRESS
MODEL If 196
This press is intended for punching holes in sheet metal and steel sections.
The press is ,widely used in structural steel shops; in the shipbuilding and
locomotive industries and at various construction sites.
The frame is made of steel plates and is reinforced in the region of the
throat by special bands.
The press is actuated by an individual electric motor through a combined
V-belt and gear drive.
Press control is from. a treadle. By means of a special device, the press can
be used for continuous operation.
Lubrication is accomplished by a lubricating pump station through measur-
ing feeders. ?
For accurate location of punched holes, the press is equipped with a center-
ing device. ?
The press is delivered complete with electric motor, starting equipment
and wiring, lubricating pump station with piping, a set of wrenches, two sets
of punching tools for 28 and 40 mm diameter holes and all the necessary tech-
nical instructions and drawings.
STAN K01 MPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Rated capacity, t ................
Minimum diameter of hole punched
in material with ultimate strength
up to 45 kgfsq.mm, mm:
For sheet thickness up to
25 mm ... ..........
For sheet thickness up to
18 mm ....................
Stroke of slide, mm ..............
Depth of throat, center of slide to
frame, mm .....................
28
40
38
800
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 3000
Floor space, mm:
Length ................... 2500
Width .................... 700
Maximum height above floor level,
mm ........................... 2170
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 2900
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
AUTOMATIC SEVEN SPINDLE SHEET
METAL STAMPING PRESS
110DEL A 821 ?
The press is designed for multi operation sheet metal stamping.._
The automatic press is widely used for a large variety of drawing operations,
as well as for making electric lamp caps. '
The. press is equipped with a strip feeding device for material and with
a gripping type mechanical arrangement for transfering blanks from operation
to operation.
The blanks are stripped off the punches by rigidly fixed strippers and
pushed out of the lower dies by springs.
Press control is accomplished by a hand-operated lever.
The press is driven from an individual electric motor through 'a multiple
V-belt arrangement.
,The clutch is of the friction disc type and is combined with a friction brake.
In order to safeguard the operator's hands, the operating zone of the press
is protected by a screen guard. The guard is linked with the starting lever in
such a manner that the press can be started only when the guard is lowered.
The lubrication system of the press is of a combined type: partly centralized
and partly individual lubrication. -
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The automatic press is delivered complete with electric motor and starting
equipment, lubricating. equipment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t ........
Stroke of slide, mm .............. 14o
Number of strokes per minute ...... 50
Number of spindles ........... . . . 7
Distance between spindles, mm.... 85
Maximum diameter of blank, mm.. 58
Maximum width of strip, mm..... 100
Blank-gripping device opening, mm 75
Recess in chuck for holding
spindles, mm:
Diameter ...:............. 32
Depth . ' .. 80
Electric motor power, kW ........ 1.2
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
Width ....... .... 1195
Length 1810
Maximum height above floor level, mm 2200
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 2600
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
GENERAL PURPOSE HYDRAULIC PRESS
-MODEL IIB 452 '
The general purpose hydraulic press is designed for metal stamping, blank-
ing and drawing operations, for briquetting abrasives and for plastics molding
operations. Due to its universal applications the press is widely used in various
branches of industry.
.
The frame of the press comprises the stationary lower and upper platens
and a moving platen or slide guided on four columns. The platens are made
of cast iron while the columns and the nuts for tightening the columns are
made of forged steel.
The lower platen or bed has T-slots for die fastening and a space for mount-
ing the return stroke and ejector cylinders.
- '
The upper platen or crown has a centrally-located bore for mounting the
working cylinder.
The moving platen or slide has T-slots for die fastening. A hole for the
end of the piston rod is provided in the center of the moving platen.
The working cylinder, made of forged steel, is mounted in the bore of the
crown and, is fastened by means of studs and nuts.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
79
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The free end of the cylinder has a recess for mounting the guiding sleeve,
packing cup and cup ring, which are held in the cylinder by means of a bush-
ing and a clamping ring. The ring is fastened to the cylinder by means of
studs and nuts. The upper end of the cylinder is to be connected to the hydrau-
lic system.
The main piston is made of cast iron and is rigidly connected to the slide.
The return stroke cylinders are made of forged steel and are used for lifting
up the moving platen. The cylinders are mounted in the bored lugs of the bed
while the plungers are connected to the moving plate. Each cylinder has a
packing box?consisting of a guiding sleeve, a packing cup, a cup ring, a bushing
and a clamping flange. Inlets are provided in the lower part of the cylinders
for supplying the working fluid.
The ejector is designed for removing the finished work-piece from the die.
It consists of a hydraulic cylinder and a plunger. The plunger is of the piston-
type and is provided with packing cups. The design of the plunger permits
the use of one cylinder for both the working and return strokes of the ejector.
Operation of the press is hand-controlled by means of two double-spindle
water distributors.
Supplying the press with high-pressure water can be accomplished from an
individual pump or a pump and accumulator unit.
The press is furnished complete with ejector, set of packing cups, water
distributors, piping on the press and all the necessary technical instructions
for erection and operation of the press.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t ................
Working pressure, kg;sq.cm .......
Maximum stroke of moving platen,
mm ...........................
Maximum distance between table and
moving platen, mm.. ........
Distance clear between columns, mm
F. to B ...................
R. to L ....................
Table size, mm:
F. to B ...................
R. to L ....................
50
Diameter of hole in table, mm.....
195
200
Return stroke capacity, t .........
7.5
Ejector capacity, t ...............
5
400
Ejector stroke, mm ...
150
Height of table above floor level, mm
S00
600
Diameter of hole in moving platen,
mm......... .
140
280
Floor space occupied. mm:
580
F. to B ....................
490
R. to L....................
985
490
Height above floor level, mm......
2450
535
Net weight, kg ............ approx.
1730
STANKOIMPORT
GENERAL PURPOSE HYDRAULIC PRESS
MODEL AA 454
The general purpose hydraulic press is designed for metal stamping, blank-
ing and drawing operations, for briquetting abrasives and for plastics moulding
operations. Due to its universal applications the press is widely used in various
branches of industry.
The frame of the press consists of the stationary lower and -upper platens
and a moving platen or slide guided on four columns. The platens are made of
cast iron, while the columns and the nuts for tightening the columns are made
of forged steel.
The lower platen or bed 'has T-slots for die fastening and a space for
mounting the return stroke and ejector cylinders.
The' upper platen or crown has a centrally located bore for mounting the
working cylinder.. .
The moving platen or slide has T-slots for die fastening. A hole for the end
of the piston rod is provided in the center of the moving platen.
The working cylinder, made of forged steel, is mounted in the bore+of the
crown and fastened by means of studs and nuts. The free end of the cylinder
has a recess for mounting the guiding sleeve, leather packing cup, which' are.
held in the cylinder by means of a bushing and a clamping ring. The ring is
STAN KOIM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
fastened to the cylinder by means of studs and nuts. The upper end of they;
cylinder is to be connected to the hydraulic system.
The main piston is made of cast iron and is rigidly connected to the slide?
The return stroke cylinders are made of forged steel and are used for lifting
up the moving platen. The cylinders are mounted in bored lugs of the bed,
while the plungers are connected to the moving platen. Each cylinder has a
packing box consisting of a guiding sleeve, a packing cup, a cup ring, a bushing
and a clamping flange. Inlets are provided in the lower part of the cylinders
for supplying the tunny;nn fl,,;A
The ejector is designed for removin
the fi
i
h
d
g
n
s
e
workpiece f th di
romee.
It consists of a hydraulic cylinder and a plunger. The piston-type plunger is
provided with packing cups. The design of the plunger permits the. use of one
cylinder for both the working and return strokes.
Operation of the press is hand-controlled by means of two double-spindle
water distributors.
Supplying the press with high-pressure water can be accomplished from an
individual pump or a pump and accumulator unit.
The press can be installed as a single unit or in line both other hydraulic
presses.
The press is furnished complete with ejector, set of packing cups, water
distributors, piping on the press and all the necessary technical instructions for
erection and operation of the press.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rated capacity, t . 100
Working pressure, kg/sq.cm ....... 200
Maximum stroke of moving platen,
mm.. 600
Maximum distance between table and
moving platen, mm ............. 900
Distance clear between columns, mm:
F . B........., . . 310
R. to L ........ ........ 660
Table size, mm:
F. to B ............. 600
R. to L .................... 600
Diameter of hole in table, mm ..
Return stroke capacity, t .........
Ejector capacity, t ...............
Ejector stroke, mm ..............
Table height above floor level, mm..
Diameter of hole in moving platen,
mm
Floor space occupied, mm
260
15
10
200
800
170
F. to B.................... 720
R. to L.................... 1240
Height above floor level, mm...... 3550
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 3985
STANKOIMPORT
GENERAL PURPOSE HYDRAULIC PRESS
MODEL 11457
The general purpose hydraulic press is designed for hot and cold sheet metal
stamping, for straightening and bending, for forging non-ferrous metals and
their alloys. and for plastics molding operations.
Due to its universal applications, the press is widely used in variougbran-
ches of industry. Depending on technological requirements, the. press can
operate either as a single independent unit or in line with other presses. -
The press is of the four-column down-acting'type with two return stroke
cylinders and has a hydraulic plunger-type ejector mounted in the lower
platen.
The upper, lower and moving platens are made of cast iron; the columns,
the column nuts and hydraulic cylinders are of steel.
The main cylinder is mounted in the bore of the upper.platen and is fastened
by means of a ring and studs. An inlet for supplying'the working fluid is arran-
ged on the top of the cylinder.
The main piston is made of cast iron and is rigidly connected to the moving
platen. The plungers of the return stroke cylinders are also fastened to the
moving platen.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The lower and the moving platens are provided with T-slots for'fastening
dies and fixtures.
The columns and the moving platen liners are lubricated by means of grease
cups mounted on the moving platen.
Operation of the press is hand-controlled by means of two water distributor
valves. One, a four-way valve, snitches over the main and the return stroke
cylinders while the other, a two-way valve, controls ejector operation. The
valves and the valve seats are made of stainless steel.
The,press can be driven either from an individual pump or from a hydraulic
accumulator unit. Water and emulsion are used as the working fluid. ?
The press is furnished complete with two water distributor valves, set of
packing cups and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and
operation of the press. '
Rated capacity, t . 200
Stroke of moving platen, mm...... 700
Maximum distance between table and
moving platen, mm ............. 1100
Minimum distance between table and
moving platen, mm .............. 400
Distance between column centres,
mm:
F. to B .................... 500
R. to L ................... 950
Diameter of columns, mm ....... , 130
Lower platen working surface, mm 730x 760
Return stroke cylinders capacity, t 30
Ejector capacity, t ............... 20
Ejector stroke, mm .............. 250
Speed of platen down stroke, cm/sec 3.5
Maximum allowable off-centre load-
ing, mm ...................... 35
Overall dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 1100
R. to L.................... 1550
Height above floor level ..... 4095
Net weight, kg ........... approx. 9950
PLASTICS
MOLDING HYDRAULIC PRESS
MODEL IIB 474
i9d
STANKOIMPORT
The hydraulic press is designed for the compression molding of plastics.
It can also be used for stamping small workpieces and in the abrasive manu-
facturing industry.
The individual hydraulic drive makes the press a self-contained unit, that
can'be installed at any place in production lines depending on the technological
requirements.
The frame is welded of steel plates. The main cylinder is rigidly clamped
in the upper part of the frame, and the hydraulic ejector is arranged in the
lower portion. The steel slide guides are mounted on the side surfaces of the
frame.
The main cylinder is a steel forging. The piston moving in the cylinder, has
cast-iron piston rings. The piston rod, carrying the slide on its lower end, is
sealed with vinyl-plastics packing cups. Limit switches, limiting the up and
down strokes of the slide,'are mounted on the?right-hand column of the frame.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The hydraulic ejector is mounted under the table. It consists of the hydraulic
cylinder, piston with the rod, guiding sleeve, piston rings and packing cups.
The upper and the lower extreme positions of the rod are limited by stroke
limit switches, which automatically switch over the ejector hydraulic control
system.
The hydraulic drive mechanism is arranged behind the press as an inde-
pendent unit. It consists of an oil reservoir on which a low-pressure vane pump,
a high-pressure piston-type pump, electric motor and control devices are
mounted.
The oil reservoir is equipped with an oil cooler.
The table and the slide are provided with steel bolster plates having T-slots
for clamping the molds. The bolster plates are heat-insulated from the table
and the slide by spacers.
Control is effected by means of push-button stations.
Hydraulic control of the main and the ejector cylinder circuits is accom-
plished by means of two piston-type three-way valves which, in turn, are con-
trolled by push-buttons through electromagnets. The pumps are provided with
automatic relief valves.
The press is furnished complete with the high- and low-pressure pumps,
hydraulic controls, piping, electric motor, electrical equipment and all the
necessary technical instructions for the erection and operation of the press.
Rated capacity, t . 100
Return stroke capacity, t ......... 54
Ejector up-stroke capacity, t ....'.. 8.8
Ejector down-stroke capacity, t ... 2.5
Maximum stroke of slide, mm ..... 550
Ejector stroke, mm .............. 120
Down-stroke idle speed, mm/sec ... 50
Down-stroke working speed, mm/sec 1.10
Return stroke speed, mm/sec ..... 46.5
Ejector up-stroke speed, mm/sec .. 13
Ejector down-stroke speed, mm/see 45
Maximum dwell with pressure ap-
plied, min ............... up to 45
Maximum working pressure, kg/sq.em 200
Distance clear between columns, mm 710
Size of bolster plates, mm:
F. to B .................... 600
R. to L ..................... 700
Maximum distance between holster
plates, mm .... 845
High-pressure pump capacity, 1/min 5
High-pressure pump working pres-
sure, kg/sq.cm ................. 200
Low-pressure pump capacity, 1/min 70
Low-pressure pump working pres-
sure, kg/sq.cm ................. 65
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Overall dimensions, mm:
F. to 8 .................... 1530
R. to L.......:... ...... 1230
Height above floor level..... 3515
Net weight including hydraulic drive,
kg approx. 4000
STAN KOIM PORT
STAN KOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
PLASTICS
MOLDING HYDRAULIC PRESS
MODEL II 476
The hydraulic press is designed for. the compression molding of plastics. It
can also be used for stamping small workpieces and in the abrasive manufac-
turing industry.
The individual hydraulic drive makes the press a self-contained unit, that
can be installed at any place in production, lines depending on the technological
requirements.
The frame is welded of steel.plates. The main cylinder is rigidly clamped
in the upper part of the frame, and the hydraulic ejector is arranged'in the
lowrer part. The steel slide guides are mounted on the side surfaces of the frame.
Two compartments are provided in the frame. The left-hand compartment is -
designed for electrical equipment and the right-hand compartment, for control
mechanism.
The main cylinder is a steel forging. The rod, connected to the piston moving
in,the cylinder, is guided in the bronze sleeve. The piston has cast-iron piston
rings, The rod is sealed with vinyl-plastics, packing cups.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The cast-iron slide is of a box-form and is reinforced with internal stiffening
ribs. The guides of the slide are made as separate strips and can be adjusted
for wear.
The hydraulic. ejector is arranged under the table of the press. It consists
of the hydraulic cylinder, piston with the rod, guiding sleeve, piston rings and
packing cups. The ejector rod stroke is limited by the upper and lower limit
switches, that automatically switch over the ejector hydraulic control system.
The hydraulic drive mechanism is arranged behind the press as an inde-
pendent unit. It consists of an oil reservoir on which a low-pressure vane pump,
high-pressure piston pump, electric motor and hydraulic control equipment
are mounted. The oil reservoir is equipped with an oil cooler, which, when
required, can also be used as an oil heater.
.The table and the slide are provided with cast-iron bolster plates having
T-slots for clamping the molds. The bolster plates are insulated from the table
and the slide by spacers.
Control is effected by means of push-buttons.
Hydraulic control of the main and the ejector cylinder circuits is accom-
plished by means of two piston-type three-way valves, which, in turn, are con-
trolled by push-buttons through electromagnets. The pumps are provided with
automatic relief valves.
.The press is furnished complete with high-pressure pump, low-pressure
pump, oil reservoir, hydraulic control, piping, electric motor, electrical equip-
ment and technical instructions necessary for erection and operation of the
press.
Rated capacity, t . ... 160
Return stroke capacity, t .. . . . 29.4
Ejector up-stroke capacity, t ...... 11.3
Ejector down-stroke capacity, t.... 2.5
Maximum stroke of slide, mm ..... 600
Maximum stroke of ejector, mm ... 200
Slide down-stroke idle speed, mm/sec 45
Slide working stroke speed, mm/sec 1.0
Slide return stroke speed, mm/sec.. 40
Ejector up-stroke speed, mm/sec .. 12
Ejector down-stroke speed, mm/sec 54
Maximum dwell with pressure ap-
plied, min ......... , .. up to 45
maximum working pressure,
kg/sq.cm ............. . 200
Distance clear between columns, mm 760
Size of bolster plates, mm:
P ' . B... .... . . 650
R. to L .... ........... 750
Maximum distance between bolster
plates, mm .................... 900
High-pressure pump capacity, 1/min 5
High-pressure pump working pres-
sure, kg/sq.cm .............. 200
Low-pressure pump capacity, 1/min 100
Low-pressure pump working pres-
sure, kg/sq.cni .............. 65
Electric motor power, kW .,....... 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p?m? . . ..... 1000'
Overall dimensions including hydrau-
lic drive, mm:
F. to B.......... . . . .. 1665
R. to L.. ..... 1405
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. 3895
Net weight including hydraulic drive,
kg approx. 6000
HYDRAULIC STRAIGHTENING PRESS
The hydraulic straightening press is designed for straightening crankshafts
and camshafts of automobile and tractor engines, shafting pipes and other
similar parts. I
The press can also be used for stamping small workpieces produced by
bending, flanging, blanking drawing as well as for pressing-fitting- sleeves,
This press is widely used in forging, stamping, heat treatment and assembly
departments of automobile and machine building plants, as well as in repair
shops.
The frame is made of welded steel. plates. The frame carries the hydraulic
cylinder and the table.
The hydraulic drive and oil reservoir are, arranged inside the frame to pro=
vide compact installation.
The piston-type plunger is made of cast iron and has three cast-iron piston
rings. The piston rod is guided in a cast-iron sleeve and is sealed with packing
cups of "Sevanite" (special oil resistant rubber). The collars are held in the
88
STANK OIM OP RT
ST A N KO I'M P0 RI
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
cylinder bore by means of cast-iron ring and a steel flange. The lower free
end of the plunger is provided with a dovetail adapter for attaching straighten-
ing and stamping tools.
The welded table has a slot on its upper surface for setting two pressure.
blocks and two side slots for mounting centres.
The steel pressure block can be adjusted by hand and set in positions corre-
sponding to the length of the workpiece to be straightened.
The centres are designed for checking the workpiece with, a dial gauge. The
centres are mounted in carriages, which move along the side slots of the table
on rollers. The carriages are mounted on springs, so that after each press stroke,
the workpiece, together with the centres raises away from the pressure blocks
and can be easily rotated on the centres.
The press is driven by a vane pump which is powered by an individual
electric motor.
Control is effected by means of a handle and a pedal. Five push-buttons for
motor control, electro-magnetic reversing valve and piston switching valve
control are also provided.
Lubrication. Working parts of the cylinder, pump and other equipment are
continuously lubricated with oil from the hydraulic circuit of the press.
The press is furnished complete with electrical equipment and wiring, hy-
draulic drive, hydraulic control valves, piping, set of packing glands, straighten-
ing accessories of the table, grease gun and oil can, limit switches, oil reservoir,
hydraulic pressure gauge and a set of technical instructions necessary for
erection and operation of the press.
Rated capacity, t ................ 25
Maximum hydraulic pressure,
]cg/sq.cm ...................... 50
Maximum piston stroke, mm ...... 300
Pump capacity, ]/min ............. 100
Speed of piston down stroke, mm/sec 34
Speed of piston up stroke, mm/sec.. 67
Maximum distance between, upper
pressure block and table, mm.... 450
Frame gap, mm ................. 250
Table size, mm:
F. to B .................... 300
R. to L .................... 1615
.
Table height above floor level, mm.. 900
Maximum distance between centres,
mm.. 1100
Height of centres above table sur-
face, mm ....... ........ 150
Electric motor power, kW ........ 7
Speed of electric motor and speed of
pump, r.p.m.. .......... 1000
Overall dimensions, min:
F. to B .................... 1260
R. to L.................... 1730
Height above floor level....,. 2800
Net weight without electrical equip-
ment, kg ............. approx. 2870
STANKOIMPORT
HYDRAULIC DIE EMBOSSING PRESS
The hydraulic press. is designed for die sinking operations in high carbon
and alloy steels.
The press is widely used in shops manufacturing dies for hammers and
presses. If required,, it can be used as a general purpose. press for sheet metal
stamping operations, for straightening and calibration as well as for briquetting
abrasives and molding plastics.
The frame of the press consists of the front and the back plates between
which the cast steel and sides are secured. On the top of the frame a steel
crown is firmly secured, between the plates, and the steel hydraulic cylinder
is fastened in the bottom of the frame.
The piston of the hydraulic cylinder unit is made of cast iron and the cups
are rubberized fabric.
The slide is made of cast steel and is firmly secured to the outer end of the
plunger by means of pins..
The press is driven from two vane pumps powered by a single electric motor.
The pumps and other hydraulic equipment, except the non-return and relief
valves,.are mounted on the welded steel oil tank.
The intensifier is designed for increasing the pressure of the liquid flowing
to the hydraulic cylinder at the moment of pressing.
The hydraulic control equipment includes':
STANKOIMPORT.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
12
I
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
tl
. ,v
The shutter mechanism is used for closing the box during the pressing
operation. It consists of a hydraulic cylinder, a carriage and a cover. The
cylinder is mounted under the oil reservoir. The free end of its piston rod is
rigidly connected to the carriage., The cover is connected' to the carriage by
means of two hinges. The shutter is locked by swinging the hinges relative to
the journals. '"Then opening the shutter, first the carriage moves back, lifting
`the front end of the shutter cover: After a gap appears between the baled
scrap and the shutter cover, the shutter opens. ,
The press is' driven from. two vane pumps, which, in turn, are driven by
individual electric motors. The pumps and hydraulic' control equipment are
mounted on the oil reservoir arranged over the press on special stays.
Control. The electric moto' s are push-button controlled.
Hydraulic cylinders are controlled by means of two-way hand-operated
valves. One valve is for controlling the shutter mechanism cylinder operation
and the other valve is for the cylinders of the first and second baling mecha-
nisms. At the neutral position of the valves, the pumps are connected to the
drain. Between the pumps and the shutter cylinder control valve, an auto-
matically operated valve is mounted to divert the oil flow from the pumps to
cylinders of the first and second baling mechanisms when the pressure in the
shutter cylinder reaches 25 kg per sq. em.
The press is furnished complete with electrical equipment and wiring, hy-
draulic pumps, control and safety valves, pressure gauges, oil reservoir, set of
packing glands, set of wrenches and technical instructions necessary for installa-
tion and operation of the press.
HYDRAULIC FORCING PRESS
The press is designed for press fitting the pins of caterpillar links for trac-
tors, as well as for other similar operations.
The press finds application in tractor plants, as well as in repair shops.
Complete equipment consists of: press, roll table and winch.
The bed is a box-sectioned grey iron casting, divided by an inside partition
into two compartments. For compactness the hydraulic- drive is mounted in
one of the compartments, while the other serves as a reservoir for the working
fluid. The hydraulic cylinder and the table are mounted above the bed.
The working cylinder is a steel forging. A hollow piston-type plunger located
in the cylinder transmits pressure to the work.
The drive is from a vane pump which 'pumps liquid under pressure into the
cylinder. The pump is driven by an individual electric motor. The pump shaft
is connected directly to the- motor shaft through a flexible coupling.,
The hydraulic intensifier is designed for raising pressure in the working
cylinder at the moment of, pressing. Preliminary filling of the cylinder and the
reverse stroke are accomplished directly by the pump.
Control is effected by means of, a hand-operated slide valve. The slide valve
comprises a steel body, distributing plunger, two covers and operating lever.
The slide valve is connected by a piping system to the pump, the recesses of
the working and the reversing cylinders,, the intensifier and the outlet.
The relief valve protects the hydraulic system from damage if the pressure
rises above the preset limit.
The winch is operated by a hand drive and facilitates feeding the crawler
tracks to the roll table and from the roll table to the press and back again.
The roll table is designed for transporting crawler tracks to the press and
back. again.
Capacity of first baling mechanism, t 70
Capacity of second baling
mechanism, t .................. 100
Dimensions of press box, open, mm
Length ................... 1780
Width ................... 700
Height ................... 502
Bale size, mm:
Length ................... 300
Width ................... 280
Height .................... 502
Bale weight (specific weight 1.9), kg 80
Maximum thickness of baling scrap,
mm........ .. . 3
Unit pressure at the end of the first
baling slide. stroke, kg/sq.cm.... 20
Unit pressure at the end, of the second
baling slide stroke, kg/sq.em..:.. 70
Pressing time, mm............... 3
Number of pumps ............... 2
First vane pump:
Capacity, 1/min ............ 70
Maximum pressure, kg/sq.cm 65
Speed, r.p.m ............... 980
First pump electric motor:
Power, kW ................ 10
Speed, r.p.m ............... 980
Second vane pump:
Capacity, '1 /min ............ 100
Maximum pressure, kg,/sq.cm 65
Speed, r.p.m................ 980
Second pump electric motor:
Power, kW ........ ...... 10
Speed, r.p.m.......... .. 980
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4875
Width .................... 2300
Height ................... 2000
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 9000
'STAN KOIM P0 RI
STAN K'OIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
I.(
i,sl1
The press is delivered complete with the hydraulic drive, the piping system,
control valves, electrical equipment and wiring, a' set of working tools, roll
table, winch, a set of plunger sealing rings and gland packing, as well as all
the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Rated capacity, t ................
Working cylinder plunger stroke, mm
Distance between die plates, mm:
Maximum .................
Minimum.. ....... .
Table adjustment in height, mm...
Distance from centre of die holder to
table, mm:
Maximum .................
Minimum... ...
Height of table above floor level, mm:
Maximum .................
Minimum........... .
Distance from centre of die holder to
frame, mm ....................
Working cycle, sec ...............
100 Vane pump:
320 Capacity, 1/min ............ 35
Pressure, kg/sq.cm ......... 65
035 Speed, r.p.m ............... 950
315 Working pressure of intensifier,
30 kg/sq.cm ......... ... ........ 185
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 950
70 Overall dimensions, mm: ,
40 Length ................... 2110
Width ............. 1185
890 Height .. ......... 1400
860 Width with the roll table, mm..... 6500
Net weight of press, kg... approx. 2560
120 Net weight of roll table, kg........ 190
60 Net weight of tools, kg ........... 56
STANKOIMPORT
HORIZONTAL
TRIPLEX PLUNGER PUMP
MODEL 1'S 354
The pump is designed for: individual direct hydraulic press drive, hydraulic
accumulator stations, driving various hydraulic mechanisms.
The pump comprises the following principal units: frame, crankshaft and
connecting rod assembly, cylinder, high-pressure accumulator, universal shut-
off valve, safety valve, drive.
The frame is made of cast iron and is provided with two housings for crank-
shaft bearings and three supports for the slide bushings. The three cylinders
are mounted on the front part of the frame.
The crankshaft and connecting rod assembly comprises a forged steel crank-
shaft and three welded steel connecting rods, mounted on rolling -friction
bearings. The slides are of cylindrical shape and travel in the bushings mounted
on the frame. Steel plungers are fastened to the slides. -
The cylinders are steel forgings. Suction and pressure valves are' mounted
in the cylinders. The valves are made of high-quality stainless steel, assuring
high-quality pump service.
The high-pressure accumulator is mounted at the end of the cylinders. The
accumulator is equipped with a high-.pressure gauge and a safety valve. A uni-
versal shut-off valve is mounted on the discharge side of the accumulator.
The shut-off valve is intended for diverting the pump discharge to the
overflow sink, when there is no demand for high-pressure water supply. The
valve operates automatically. -
The safety valve safeguards the hydraulic system and the piping against
damages when pressure rises above the maximum.
The drive is from an individual A. C. electric motor through a multiple
V-belt running over the flywheel-pulley. -
Lubrication of the crankshaft and connecting rod mechanism is effected
by- the splash-system. Machine oil is poured into the pump housing to the
level gauge mark.
The plungers are lubricated through grease cups.
STANKOI.MPORT
97
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The pump. is; delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of
V-belts? oil-guns,, a set of packing gaskets and glands, a set of wrenches-and all
the, necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Capacity, ljmin ..................
Working pressure, kg/sq.cm
Plunger diameter, mm ................. .
.
Pl'ungger stroke, mm ..............
Number of strokes per minute ......
Universal shut-off valve, mm:
Diameter of non-return valve
passage ..............
Diameter of reverse valve
passage ...................
Safety valve adjustment, kg/sq.cm. .
200
floor level, mm.......... 3500
40
Electric motor power, kW ........ ' 40
SO
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
340
Floor space, including electric motor,
mm:
Length ................... 3070
Width .. .. 131.5
Maximum height above' floor level,
32
'
mm..
855
230
Net weight, kg ......... approx.
2500
HORIZONTAL
TRIPLEX HYDRAULIC PUMP
The horizontal triplex hydraulic pump is designed for direct connection;to
hydraulic presses, hydraulic accumulator installations, driving various by-
The pump comprises the following principal units: frame, crankshaft and
connecting rod assembly, cylinder block, high- and low-pressure accumulators,
relief valve, safety valve, gear reducing unit, drive.
The frame is of a box-type internally ribbed grey iron casting.
The crankshaft and connecting rod assembly consists of a forged steel
crankshaft, three cast steel connecting rods, crosshead and slide blocks.' The
crankshaft mane journals are mounted in rbller bearings.
The cylinder block is made of forged steel and has three housings for plun-
gers, suction and pressure valves and packings.
in bronze liners. Packings for the plungers and valves are made of vinyl-
The high-pressure accumulator is mounted on the top of the cylinder block.
A high-pressure gauge, a safety .valve and a relief valve are mounted on the
accumulator. The latter is arranged on the outflow line. -
The low-pressure accumulator is arranged under the cylinder block and is
connected to the supply line.
The relief valve is designed for diverting the pump water from the pressure
circuit to the drain when there is no demand for high-pressure water supply.
The safety valve-is designed for discharging the high-pressure water to the
drain when the pressure in the high-pressure circuit rises above the preset
The relief valve and the. safety valve operate automatically.
All valves and valve seats are made of forged stainless steel.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Gear reducing unit dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 1176
Width ..................... 350
Height ................... 048
Gear ratio ...................... 7.5
Weight of gear reducing unit, kg
approx. 1040
Overall dimensions of pump plant, mm:
Length ................... 2600
Width .................... 2150
Height ................... 1520
Total weight, kg ......... approx. 3800
STANKOIMPORT
STAN KOIM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The gear reducer is designed as' a separate unit. It consists of a cast-iron
split-type housing and a pair of herring-bone gears.
The pump drive is from anA. C. electric motor. Power is transmitted through
a flexible toothed clutch, to the driving shaft of the reducing unit, and then,
from the driven shaft, through a second toothed clutch, to the pump crank-
shaft.
Lubrication of the pump is accomplished by means of a small gear pump,
which is driven from the crankshaft. -
Gears and bearings of the gear reducing unit are splash-lubricated by oil
poured into the housing.
The pump is furnished complete with electric motor, electrical starting and
protective devices, centralized lubricating system, reducing unit, toothed
clutches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and operation
of the pump.
Pump capacity, l/min ............. 200
Working pressure, kg/sq.cm ....... 100
Plunger diameter, mm ............ 65
Plunger stroke, min . .. , .... 180
Force developed by plunger, kg ... 3350
Crankshaft speed, r.p.m........... 130
Pump dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 2066
Width .......... 804
Height above floor level..... 1520
Pump weight, kg ................ 2740
Electric motor:
Power, kW ............... 40
Speed, r.p.m ............... 1000
Weight, kg ................ 400
HORIZONTAL
TRIPLEX HYDRAULIC PUMP
MODEL r 359
The horizontal triplex hydraulic pump is designed for: hydraulic air or
weighted accumulator installations, driving various hydraulic mechanisms.
The pump comprises the following principal units: frame, gear reducing
unit, crankshaft and connecting rod assembly, cylinder block with high- and
low-pressure accumulators, relief and safety valves, drive.
The frame is a box-type internally ribbed grey iron casting carrying all
other units of the pump. I
The gear reducer is designed as a separate unit. It consists of a cast-iron
split type housing and a pair of helical gears.
The crankshaft is a carbon steel forging.
The I-section connecting rods are made of cast steel.
The cylinder block and the high-pressure accumulator are made of-a solid
forged steel block having housings for plungers, guiding bronze liners, packings,
as well as suction and pressure valves.
Packings are made, of vinyl-plastics possessing high strength and heat
resistance.
The high-pressure accumulator is provided with a relief valve, on one end,
and with non-return and safety valves on the other. The low-pressure accu-
mulator is arranged under the cylinder block and is connected, to the supply
line.
The relief valve is designed for diverting the pump water from the pressure
circuit to the drain when there is no demand for high-pressure water supply:
The safety valve is designed for discharging the high-pressure water to the
drain when the pressure, in the high-pressure circuit, rises above the preset
maximum. The relief and the safety valves operate automatically.
The non-return valve provides for a flow high-pressure water in one direc-
tion only, i. e., from the pump to the user and prevents return of fluid.-
All the valves and valve seats are made of forged stainless steel.
The pump drive is from an individual synchronous electric motor, 'Which
has a direct current exciter. The shaft of the exciter motor and the shaft of the
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Pump weight, kg .. .. .. 15600
Dimensions of gear reducing unit, mm:
Length ................... 1460
Width .................... 700
Height ................... 1336
Gear ratio ..................... 5.87
Weight of unit, lcg ............... 2400
Overall dimensions of pump plant in-
cluding electrical equipment, mm:
Length ................... 5730
Width .................... 6400
Height ................... 1515
Total weight, kg ......... approx. 21510
STAN KOIMP.ORT
STA?NKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
electric motor are connected by means of a flexible coupling. Power is trans-
mitted from the electric motor, through a flexible toothed clutch, to the gear
reducing unit, and then through a second toothed clutch to the crankshaft.
Lubrication of all friction surfaces of the pump is accomplished by means
of a gear pump mounted directly on the frame and driven from the crankshaft.
? The pump is furnished complete with electric motor, electric motor exciter,
electrical starting and protective equipment, wiring on the pump, centralized
lubricating system, set of valves and packing cups, toothed flexible couplings,
oil cooler and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and operation
of the pump.
Pump capacity, 1/min ............. .500
Working pressure,lcg/sq.cm ....... 200
Plunger diameter, mm ............ 05
Plunger stroka, mm .............. 500
Crankshaft speed, r.p.m........... 125
Suction pipe diameter, inches...... 6
Discharge pipe dimensions, mm .. 60XG
Oil reservoir capacity, 1........... 600
Electric motor:
Power, IcW ................ 216
Speed, r.p.m ................ 750
Pump dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4125
Width .................... 2210
Height ................... 1515
HORIZONTAL
TRIPLEX HYDRAULIC PUMP
310DPL 1' 344
The horizontal triplex hydraulic pump is designed for hydraulic air or weigh-
ted accumulator installations, driving various hydraulic mechanisms.
The pump comprises the following principal units: frame, gear reducer,
crankshaft and connecting rod assembly, cylinder block, relief and safety
valves, drive.
The frame is a box-type internally ribbed grey iron casting carrying all the
other units of the pump.
The gear reducer is designed as a separate unit. It consists of a cast-iron
split-type housing and a pair of gears.
The crankshaft is a carbon steel forging.
The I-section connecting rods are made of cast steel.
The cylinder block and the high-pressure accumulator are made of a solid
forged steel block, having housings for plungers,-guiding bronze liners, pack-
'ings, as well as suction and pressure valves.
Packings are made of vinyl-plastics of high strength and heat resistance.
The high-pressure accumulator is. provided with a relief valve on one end,
and with a non-return and safety valve on the other.
The low pressure accumulator is arranged under the cylinder block and is
connected to the supply line.
The relief valve is designed for diverting the pump water-from the pressure
circuit to the drain when there is no demand for high-pressure water supply.
The safety valve is designed for discharging the high-pressure water to the
drain when the pressure, in the high-pressure 'circuit, rises above the preset
maximum.
The relief and safety valves operate automatically.
The, non-return valve provides for a flow of high-pressure water in one
direction only, i. e., from the pump to the user and prevents return of fluid.
All of the valves and valve seats are made of forged stainless steel.,
The pump drive is from an A. C. electric motor. Power is transmitted through
a flexible toothed clutch, gear reducing unit and a second toothed clutch to the
crankshaft.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Speed, r.p.m ............... 7,50
Weight, lcg ................ 1400
Gear reducing unit dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
1460
Width ....................
700
Height ...................
1330
Gear ratio
Weight of gear reducing unit, kg
5.88
approx. 2400
Overall dimensions of pump plant, mm:
Length ................... 4390
Width .................... 4620
Height ................... 1514
Total weight, kg ........ approx. 20300
STANKOIMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Lubrication of all friction surfaces of the pump is accomplished by means
of a gear pump mounted on a special oil reservoir and driven by an individual
electric motor.
Gears and bearings of the gear reducing unit are splash-lubricated by oil
poured into the housing.
The pump is furnished complete with the electric motor, starting and pro-
tective equipment, wiring on the pump, centralized lubricating system, set of
valves and packings, toothed clutches, oil cooler, set of wrenches and-all the neces-
sary technical instructions for erection and maintenance of the pump.
Pump capacity, 1/min ............. 550
Working pressure, kg/sq.em ....... 100
Plunger diameter, mm ............ 65
Plunger stroke, mm .............. 500
Crankshaft speed, r.p.m........... 125
Suction pipe diameter ............ 6"
Discharge pipe dimensions, mm .. 60XG
Pump dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4125
Width ....... 2210
Height above floor level..... 1514
Pump weight, kg ............... 15600
Electric motor:
Power, kW ............... 110
HORIZONTAL
TRIPLEX HYDRAULIC PUMP "
MODEL r 301
The horizontal triplex hydraulic pump is designed for: hydraulic air or weight-
ed accumulator installations, driving various hydraulic mechanisms.
The pump comprises the following principal units: frame, gear reducer,
crankshaft and connecting rod assembly, cylinder block, high- and low-
pressure accumulators, relief and safety valves, drive.
The frame is a box-type internally-ribbed grey iron casting, made 'integral
with the gear reducing unit housing, and carrying all the other units of the
pump.
The gear reducing unit has one pair of herring-bone gears. The. driving shaft
runs in cylindrical roller bearings mounted in the frame. The crankshaft is
mounted in self-aligning roller bearings.
The crankshaft and connecting rod assembly consists of a forged steel crank-
shaft, three steel connecting rods and slide blocks. The connecting rods are
connected by means of the wrist pins to the slides that reciprocate in the frame
guides.
The pump plungers are made of a high alloy forged steel. The packing
glands on the plungers are, made of rubberized' fabric. The plunger surfaces
are rendered highly wear-resistant and anti-corrosive by means of nitriding.
The cylinder block and the high-pressure accumulator are made ofa.solid
forged steel block having housings for plungers and packing devices, as well
as for the suction and pressure valves. The high-pressure accumulator is con-
nected to the high-pressure piping and to the sink through a non-return valve.
The low-pressure accumulator, connected to the supply line, is arranged
under the cylinder block and fastened to it by means of studs.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The relief and safety valves are arranged directly on the high-pressure accu-
mulator. The relief valve is designed for diverting the pump water from the
pressure circuit to the drain when there is no demand for high-pressure water
supply. The safety valves are designed for discharging the high-pressure water
to the drain when the pressure in the high-pressure circuit rises above the
preset maximum. The relief, and safety valves operate automatically. All the
valves and the valve seats are made of forged stainless steel.
The pump drive is from an individual synchronous, electric motor coupled
to the reducing unit input shaft through a flexible toothed clutch. The syn-
chronous electric motor is provided. with a direct current exciter, which is
connected to the main electric motor through a V-belt drive.
Lubricating of all friction surfaces of the pump is accomplished by means
of a centralized lubricating pump station. The operation of the lubricating
system is controlled by means of electrical contact pressure gauges and the
pressure line oil supply relay. When the pressure in the oil pressure. line drops
below the preset minimum, the above-mentioned devices automatically switch
off the main electric motor of the pump. This lubricating system provides for,
full reliability of pump operation.
The pump is furnished complete with electric motor, electric motor exciter,
electrical starting and protective equipment, wiring on the pump, centralized
lubricating system, set of valves and packings, set of V-belts, toothed coupling
and the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance of the
pump.
Pump capacity, l/min....... ..... 680
Working pressure, kg/sq.cm ....... 320
Plunger diameter, mm ............ 90
Plunger stroke, mm ............ 420
Crankshaft speed, r.p.m........... 95
Suction pipe diameter ... , e"
Discharge pipe diameter .......... 4"
Electric motor power, kW .... . . . . 470
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 500
Overall dimensions including drive, min:
Length ................... 5990
Width . .. .... 3870
Height above floor level.. 1920
Net weight without electrical equip-
ment, kg ............. approx. 27300
Electric motor weight, kg . , approx. 5300
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
PNEUMATIC
POWER FORGING HAMMER
MODEL MB 412
The hammer is designed for a wide variety of forging operations, liy the
general forging method in flat and swage dies, such as: drawing, hole piercing,
hot cropping; forge welding, bending, twisting and stamping in open dies.
The erection of self-contained pneumatic power hammers does not require
considerable investment, as there is no need for steam boilers, compressor.
stations, steam or compressed air piping.
The hammer is driven from individual squirrel-cage type *electric .motor.
The hammer can be effectively applied not only in repair shops but also
in forging shops of various industries.
The principal features of the hammer are: ample available energy, econo-
mical operation, perfect control, ability of the ram to. strike blows of varying
force owing to the sensitive power control, maximum utilization of the heat
of the forging owing to the large number of strokes, high efficiency, possibility
of holding down the forging under ram pressure, accessibility 'of the hammer
from three sides, simplicity of maintenance.
The hammer is provided with a double-acting air distributing system.
The necessary coordination between the upper and lower recesses of the
working and compressor cylinders is provided for by means of a control hand
lever and a treadle. Different valve positions permit five distinct cycles of
operation: running idle, ram "hold-up", continuous operation, single strokes,
holding down or "squeezing" the forging.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Consecutive compression and exhaust of air in the working cylinder by the
compressor piston imparts the reciprocating motion to the ram.
The compressor piston is driven through a crank mechanism and two-stage
speed reduction gearing from an individual type electric motor.
The first stage of power transmission is through a V-belt drive to ensure
a flexible connection of the electric motor with the hammer.
The second stage comprises a spur gear drive.
A safety device is provided to prevent the ram from striking the upper
cylinder cover.
The rain is made of forged steel but is available also as a high-quality steel
casting with unfinished internal surfaces.
The anvil block is a solid grey iron, casting; its weight is equal to 12 times
the nominal weight of the falling parts of the hammer.
The working and compressor cylinders are lubricated by a drip oil cup.
The gear drive operates' in an oil bath.
The hammier is delivered complete with electric motor and starting equip-
ment, anvil block, upper and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges and all
the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 150
Number of strokes per minute ...... 190
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm ........... . 250
Distance from center of ram to frame,
mm.. 350
Distance from the lower die face to
lower edge of ram stuffing box, mm 370
Hammer die surface, mm ...... 85X200
Height of lower die face above.floor
level, mm ..................... 800
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 410
Electric motor power, kW ........ 10
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1000
H. to L.................... 2265
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. 2180
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 3280
Net weight of anvil block, kg....... 1800
STANKOIMPORT
PNEUMATIC
POWER FORGING HAMMER
MODEL H 415 A
The hammer is designed for a wide variety of forging operations by the
general forging method in flat and swage dies such as: drawing, hole piercing,
hot cropping, forge welding, bending, twisting and stamping in open dies.
The erection of self-contained pneumatic power hammers does not require
considerable investment, as there is no need for steam boilers, compressor,
stations, steam or compressed air piping.
in forging shops of various industries.
The principal features of the hammer are : ample available, energy,"econo-
mical operation, perfect control, ability of the ram to strike blows of varying
force owing to the sensitive- power control, maximum utilization of the heat
of the forging owing to the large number of strokes, high efficiency, possibility
of holding down the forging under ram pressure, accessibility of the-hammer
from three sides; simplicity of maintenance.
The hammer is provided with a double-acting' air distributing system, The
necessary coordination between the upper and lower recesses of the'-working
and compressor cylinders is provided for by means of a control hand lever
and a treadle. Different valve positions permit five distinct cycles of operation :
running idle, ram "hold-up"; continuous operation, single strokes, holding
down or -"squeezing" the forging.
STANKOIMPORT
The hammer is driven from an individual electric motor.
The hammer can be effectively applied not only in repair shops but also
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Consecutive compression and exha
t
f
i
i
us
o
a
r
n the working cylinder by
the compressor piston imparts the reciprocating motion to the ram.
The compressor piston is driven through a crank mechanism and two-stage
speed reduction gearing from, an individual electric motor.
The first stage of power transmission is effected through a V-belt drive
to ensure a flexible connection of the electric motor to the hammer.
The second stage comprises a spur gear drive.
A safety device is provided to prevent the rani from striking the upper
cylinder cover.
The ram is made of forged steel but is available also as a high grade steel
casting- with unfinished internal surfaces.
The anvil block is a solid grey iron casting; its weight is equal to 12 times
the nominal weight of the falling parts of the hammer.
Lubrication of the working and compressor cylinders is effected by'a special
lubricating pump station. The gear drive operates in an oil bath.
The hammer is delivered complete with the electric motor and starting
equipment, anvil block, upper and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges, lubri-
cating pump station and all_ the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg, , 400
Number of strokes per minute ...... 130
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgrn ......... 050
Distance from center of ram to
frame, mm
Distance from the lower die face to 520
the lower edge of the ram stuffing
box, mm . 530
Hammer die surface, mm . . . . . 1X2G5
Height of lower die face above floor
level, mm ............. . ... 750
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 700
Electric motor power, kW . . . . . 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B......... . . . . 1200
R. to L.. ....... 3170
Maximum height above floor level,
mm....... 2855
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 8630
Net weight of anvil block, kg..
..... 4800
PNEUMATIC
POWER FORGING HAMMER
MODEL M. 417
The hammer is designed for a wide variety of forging operations-by the
general forging method in flat and swage dies, such as: drawing, hole piercing,
hot cropping, forge welding, bending, twisting and stamping-in open dies.
The erection of self-contained pneumatic power hammers does not require
considerable investment, as there is no need for steam boilers, compressor
stations, steam or compressed air piping.
The hammer is driven from an individual squirrel-cage type electric motor.
The hammer can be effectively applied not only in repair shops but also
in forging shops of various industries.
The principal features of the hammer are: ample available energy, econo-
mical operation, perfect control, ability of the ram to strike blows of varying
force owing to sensitive power control, maximum utilization of the heat of
the forging owing to the large number of strokes, high efficiency, possibility
of holding down the forging under ram pressure, accessibility of the hammer
from three sides, simplicity of maintenance.
The hammer is provided with a double-acting air distributing system. The
necessary coordination between the upper and lower recesses of the working
and compressor cylinders is provided for by means of a control hand lever and
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
a treadle. Different valve positions permit five distinct cycles of operation :
running idle, ram "hold-up", continuous operation, single strokes, holding
down or "squeezing" the forging.
Consecutive compression and exhaust of air in the working cylinder by the
compressor piston imparts the reciprocating motion to the ram.
The compressor piston is driven through a crank mechanism and a two-
stage reduction gearing from an individual electric motor.
The first stage of power transmission is effected through a V-belt drive to
ensure a flexible connection of the electric motor to the hammer.
The second stage comprises a spur gear drive.
A safety device is provided to prevent the ram from striking the upper
cylinder cover.
The ram is made of forged steel but is available also as a high grade steel
casting with unfinished internal surfaces.
The anvil block is a solid grey iron casting; its weight is equal to 12 times
the nominal weight of falling parts of the Hammer.
Lubrication of the working and compressor cylinders is effected by a special
lubricating pump station. The gear drive operates in an oil bath.
The hammer is delivered complete with the electric motor and starting
equipment, anvil block, upper and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges, lubri-
cating pump station and all the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 750
Number of strokes per minute ..... 105
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm .................... 1900
Distance from center of'ram to frame,
mm.. 750
Distance from the lower die face to
the lower edge of the ram stuffing
box, mm ... ............ 670
Hammer die surface, mm . , ... 130X 345
Height of lower die face above floor
level, mm ..................... 810
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 835
Electric motor power, kW ........ 55
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1400
R. to L .................... 3940
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. 3415
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 16930
Net weight of,anvil block, kg ........ 9000
ST'ANK-0.IMP0RT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
AIR OR STEAM ARCH-TYPE
DOUBLE ACTION FORGING HAMMER
MODEL M 132 A
This hammer is designed for various forging operations performed ,by*general
forging methods on flat dies. ,
The hammer is actuated by compressed air or steam at a? pressure of 6 to
8 atmospheres and can be operated on the following cycles: single strokes of
varying force, ram "hold-up'-", holding down or "squeezing" the forging. -
The frame uprights are made of high=quality cast iron and are fastened to a
cast-iron bed plate by fitted bolts. In the zone of the guides, the uprights are
drawn together by two tie-rods which impart rigidity to the construction and
diminish stress in the frame.
The adjustable ram guides ensure accurate guiding of the ram.
The working cylinder is mounted on the upper part of the uprights.-
The cylinder.is made of high-quality cast-iron and is fastened to the uprights
by fitted bolts. On the top of the cylinder, a safety cylinder head is-mounted
comprising a safety cylinder and safety piston.
This safety head prevents the- working piston from striking the cylinder
cover.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in a manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer.
The hammer is provided with a hand-operated control mechanism with an
automatic steam cut-out. Control is effected by two levers: the throttle valve
and slide valve levers. The position of the throttle valve provides economical
steam consumption depending on operating conditions. The position of the
slide valve selects one of the available operating cycles.
The anvil block is made of cast iron; its weight is equal to 15 times the
weight of the falling parts. Die-cushions and hammer dies are fastened by
wedges and keys. Shifting of the anvil block with respect to the foundation
is prevented by oak wedges.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized lubrication of
the cylinder, rod, slide and throttle valves and ram guides is effected by a
pump station, while the control levers are lubricated by hand either through
grease or oil cups, or by pouring oil into the oil holes provided. The pump
station is actuated by the control lever tie-rod and feeds oil at each stroke of
the ram.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block, die-cushion, upper
and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges, 8 anchoring plates, 8 anchoring
bolts and nuts, lubricating pump station, oil piping and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg 1000
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm .................... 3500
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 1000
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 1800
Width clear between ram guides, mm 430
Distance from lower die to face floor
level, mm ..................... 750
Hammer die surface, mm ..... 230X410
Inlet steam or air pressure, eft. atm . 6 to S
Exhaust. pressure, eff. atm.. . ~ ... 0.1 to 0.5
Inlet pipe diameter, inches ......... 2 %s
Exhaust pipe diameter, inches ...... 3
Working cylinder bore, mm ....... 330
Rod diameter, mm ... ...... 110
Number of strokes per minute, rated 100
Rani dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 300
R. to L .................... 490
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1500
R. to L .................... 3780
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.... ..................... 4880
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 14250
Net weight of anvil block, kg .... 15000
STANKOIMPORT
AIR OR STEAM ARCH-TYPE
DOUBLE ACTION FORGING HAMMER
310DEL 31133 A
The hammer is designed for, various forging operations performed by
general forging methods on flat dies.
The hammer is actuated by compressed air or steam at a pressure of 6
to 8 atmospheres and can be operated on the following cycles: single strokes
of varying force, ram "hold-up", holding down-or "squeezing" the forging.
The frame uprights are made of high-quality cast iron and are fastened to
a cast-iron bed plate by fitted bolts. In the zone of the guides the uprights
are drawn together by two, tie-rods which impart rigidity to the 'construction
and diminish stress in the frame.
The adjustable ram guides ensure accurate guiding of .the ram.
The working cylinder is mounted, on the upper part of the uprights. The
cylinder is made of high-quality cast iron and is fastened to the uprights by
fitted bolts. On the top of the cylinder. a safety cylinder head is mounted com-
prising a safety cylinder and a safety piston. This safety head prevents the
working piston from striking the cylinder cover.
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in a manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer:
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Rod diameter, mm ............... 140
Number of strokes per minute,
rated ......................... 85
Ram dimensions:
F. to B .................... 430
R. to L .................... 610
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1700
R. to L...... .. 4450
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ..... 5640
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 25620
Net weight of anvil block, kg...... 30000
STAN KOIM PORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The hammer is provided with a hand-operated control mechanism with an
automatic steam cut-out. Control is effected by two levers: the throttle valve
and slide valve levers. The position of the throttle valve provides economical
steam consumption depending on operating conditions. The position of the
slide valve selects one of the available operating cycles.
The anvil block is made of cast iron; its weight is equal to 15 times the
weight of the falling parts. Die-cushions and hammer dies are fastened by
wedges and keys. Shifting of the anvil block with respect to the foundation
is prevented by oak wedges.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized lubrication of
the cylinder, rod, slide and throttle valves and ram guides is effected by a
pump station, while the control levers are lubricated by hand either through
grease or oil cups, or by pouring oil into the oil holes provided. The pump
station is actuated by the control lever tie-rod and feeds oil at each stroke of
the ram.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block, die-cushion, upper
and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges, 8 anchoring plates, 8 anchoring
bolts and nuts, lubricating pump station, oil piping and all the necessary tech-
nical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 2000
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm . .............. 7000
Maximum stroke of ram, mni ..... 1260
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 2300
Width clear between ram guides, mm 550
Distance from lower die face to floor
level, mm .. ............ 750
Hammer die surface, mm ..... 290X520
Steam or air pressure, eff.atm ..... 6 to 8
Exhaust pressure, eff.atm ...0.1 to 0.5
Inlet pipe diameter, mm ........ 108X5
Exhaust pipe diameter, mm ..... 133X4
Working cylinder bore, mm ....... 430
AIR OR STEAM ARCH-TYPE
DOUBLE ACTION FORGING HAMMER
MODEL M 134
The hammer is designed for various forging operations performed by
general forging methods on flat dies.
The hammer is actuated by compressed air or steam at a pressure of
6 to 8 atmospheres and can be operated on the following cycles: single strokes
of varying force, ram "hold-up", holding down or "squeezing" the forging.
The frame uprights are made of high-quality cast iron and are fastened to
a cast-iron bed plate by fitted bolts. In the zone of the guides the uprights are
drawn together by two tie-rods which impart rigidity to the construction and
diminish stress in the frame.
The adjustable rail guides ensure, accurate guiding of the ram.
The working cylinder is mounted on the upper part of the uprights.
The cylinder is made of high-quality cast iron and is fastened to the uprights
by fitted bolts. A safety cylinder head, comprising a safety cylinder and a
safety piston is mounted on the top of the working cylinder. This safety head
prevents the working piston from striking the cylinder cover. -
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in a manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer.
The hammer is provided by a hand-operated control mechanism with an
automatic steam cut-out. Control is effected by two levers: the throttle valve
and slide valve levers. The position of the throttle valve provides economical
steam consumption depending on operating conditions. The position of the
slide valve selects one of the available operating cycles. -
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The anvil block is made of cast iron; its weight is equal to 15 times the
weight of the falling parts. Die-cushions and hammer dies are fastened by
wedges and keys. Shifting of the anvil block with respect to the foundation is
prevented by oak wedges.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized lubrication of
the cylinder, rod, slide and throttle valves and ram guides is effected by a
pump station, while the control levers are lubricated by hand either through
grease or oil cups, or by pouring oil into the oil holes provided. The pump
station is actuated by the control lever tie-rod and feeds oil at each stroke
of the ram.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block, die-cushions, upper
and lower hammer dies, fastening wedges, 8 anchoring plates, 8 anchoring
bolts and nuts, lubricating pump station, oil pumping and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 3000
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm , 10500
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 1450
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 2700
Width clear between ram guides, mm 630
Distance from lower die face to floor
level, mm ..................... 740
Hammer die surface, mm ..... 330 X 590
Steam or air pressure, eff. atm ..... 6 to 8
Exhaust pressure, eff. atm ......0.1 to 0.5
Inlet pipe diameter, mm .......... 108
Exhaust pipe diameter, mm ....... 165
Working cylinder bore, mm ....... 550
Rod diameter, mm ............... 180
Number of strokes per minute, rated 68
Ram dimensions, mm:
F. to B .................... 420
R. to L ..................... 700
Floor space, mm:
F. to B......' ............. 2630
R. to L.................... 5100
Maximum height above floor level,
mm ........................... 6380
Net weight without, anvil block, kg
approx. 28800
Net weight of anvil block, kg...... 45800
This hammer is designed for hot forging in closed multiple pass impression
(lies.
The hammer is used in forge shops, operating on large lot or mass production.
The hammer is actuated by compressed air or steam at a pressure of 6 to
'8 atmospheres and can be operated on the followiiig cycles: single strokes of
varying force, continuous operation, ram "hold-up".
The frame uprights are made of high-quality cast iron and are mounted
on the anvil block. The uprights are spanned at the top by a cylinder base
plate on which the working cylinder is mounted.
The cylinder is fastened to the uprights 'by studs with damping springs.
A safety cylinder head, comprising a safety cylinder and a safety piston,
is mounted on the top of the working cylinder.
STANKOIMPORT
AIR OR STEAM DOUBLE ACTION
DROP HAMMER
MODEL Al 211
?STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
This safety head prevents the working piston from striking the cylinder
cover. -
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in ,% manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer.
The steam distributing system of the hammer operates through a cylindrical
slide valve and a throttle valve, controlled from a treadle.
The ram guides are adjustable and are held to the uprights through damping
springs.
The anvil block is a solid steel casting; its weight equals 20 times the. weight
of the falling parts.
The die holder is mounted on the anvil block. The lower die is fastened to
the die holder by a key and a'wedge. The anvil block rests freely on an oak-
wood cushion in a shallow well in the foundation and is secured by oak wedges
to prevent axial displacement.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized lubrication of
the cylinder, throttle and slide valves and ram guides is effected by a pump
station, while the control levers and the contacting surfaces are lubricated by
hand by means of a grease-gun and an oil-can.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block, die holder, fastening
wedges, lubrication pump station, oil piping and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 1000
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm 2500
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 1200
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 560
Width clear between ram guides, mm 500
Maximum distance from lower die
P` face to lower edge of guides, mm.. 220
Minimum height of lower die face
above floor level, mm ....... . .. 840
Minimum height of dies without
shanks, mm . 220
Working cylinder bore, mm ....... 280
Rod diameter, mm ................ 120
Inlet steam or air pressure, eff. atm 6 to 8
Exhaust pressure, eff. atm ......0.1 to 0.5
Superheated steam temperature at
inlet ........................ 200?C
Number of strokes per minute, rated 80
Ram dimensions, mm:
F. to B.................... 450
R. to L .................... 546
Die holder size, F. to B., mm....... 660
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1300
R. to L.................... 2380
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ..... . 5045
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 10300
Net weight of anvil block, kg..... 20300
AIR OR STEAM DOUBLE ACTION-
DROP HAMMER
310DEL H 212
This hammer is intended. for hot forging in closed multiple-pass impression
dies. -
The hammer is used in forge shops operating.on large lot' or mass pro-
duction.
The hammer operates on compressed air or steam at a pressure of 6 to
8 atmospheres and can be operated on the following operation cycles:-single
strokes of varying force, continuous (automatic) strokes, ram "hold-up".
The uprights are made of high-quality steel and are mounted on the anvil
block. The uprights are spanned at the top by the cylinder supporting plate
on which the working cylinder is mounted.
The cylinder is fastened to the uprights by studs with damping springs.
A safety cylinder head comprising a safety cylinder and safety piston is mounted
on the top of the working cylinder.
This safety head protects the cylinder cover from heavy blows by the piston.
The method of fastening the piston to the rod ensures reliable operation
of the hammer.
Steam distribution is accomplished by a cylindrical slide valve and a
throttle. The valve and the throttle are controlled from a treadle.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The anvil block is a solid steel casting, with a weight equalling 20 times
the weight of the falling parts.
On the anvil block is mounted a die holder, to which the lower die is
fastened by a key and wedge. The anvil block rests freely on an oak-wood
cushion in a shallow well in the foundation and is secured by oak wedges to
prevent axial displacement.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The cylinder, slide valve
throttle and guides have centralized lubrication from a pump station, while
the control levers and joint surfaces are lubricated by hand with a grease-gun
and an oil-can.
The hammer is delivered complete with anvil block die holders fastening
wedge, lubricating pump station and piping, a set of wrenches and all the
necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 2000
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm ...... 5000
Maximum stroke of .ram, mm ..... 1200
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 960
Width clear between guides, mm... 600
Maximum distance from lower die
face to lower edge of guides, mm.. 270
Minimum height of lower die face
above floor level, mm .......... 840
Minimum height of dies without
shanks, mm . 260
Working cylinder bore, mm ....... 380
3150 kg
AIR OR STEAM DOUBLE ACTION-
DROP HAMMER
The hammer is designed for hot forging in closed multiple-pass impression
dies.
The hammer is used in forge shops operating on large lot or mass production.
The hammer is actuated by compressed air or steam.
The frame uprights are made of cast steel and are mounted on the anvil
block. To facilitate setting up dies, the uprights can be adjusted along the
anvil block 'by means of wedges. The uprights are spanned at the top by the
cylinder base plate on which the working cylinder is mounted. The cylinder
is fastened to the uprights by studs with damping springs.
A safety cylinder head, comprising a safety cylinder and a safety piston,
is mounted on the top of the working cylinder. This safety head prevents the
working piston from striking the cylinder cover.
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in a manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer. The piston is shrunk on the upper taper
Diameter of rod, mm .......... ? 145
Inlet steam or air' pressure, eff. atm. 6 to 8
Exhaust steam pressure, off. atm 0.2 to 0.5
Number of strokes per minute, rated 70
Floor space, mm:
F. to B ................ . . . . 1660
R. to L.................... 2960
Maximum height above floor level,
mm... 5310
Net weight without anvil block, kg
Net weight with anvil bloej{ro.kg17900
approx. 57900
I
STANKOIMPORT
STAN KOIM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
end of the rod without subsequent riveting over. The lower taper end of the
rod is fastened to the ram by means of a split steel bushing and a brass sleeve.
The steam distributing system of the hammer operates through a cylindrical
slide valve and a throttle valve, controlled from a treadle.
The ram guides are adjustable and are held to the uprights through damping
springs.
The rant and the piston are made of steel while the rod is made of high
grade alloy steel.
The.eylinder is a steel casting with a press-fitted cast-iron liner.
The anvil block is a solid steel casting; its weight equals 20 times the weight
of falling parts.
The die holder is mounted on the anvil block. The lower die is fastened in
the die holder by a wedge.
The anvil block rests freely on an oak-wood cushion in a shallow well in
the foundation and is secured by oak wedges from axial displacement.
The hammer is equipped with a centralized lubricating system supplied
from a lubricating pump station.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block, die holder, lubri-
cating pump station, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instruc-
tions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of falling parts, kg.. 3150
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts, kgm ..... ............. 7500
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 1250
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 700
Maximum distance from lower die
face to lower edge of guides, mm.. 300
Minimum height of lower die face
above floor level, mm .......... 950
Minimum height of dies without
shanks, mm . ....... 350
Working cylinder bore, min ....... 460
Rod diameter, mm ....... ... 175
Inlet steam or air pressure, eft. atm 6 to S
Ram dimensions, F. to B., mm..... 800
Die holder size, F. to B., mm ...... 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1800
R. to L.................... 3340
Maximum height above floor level,
mm.. ..... 6085
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 25000
Net weight of anvil block, kg .... 63000
STANKOIMPORT
126
5000 and 10 000 kg '
AIR OR STEAM DOUBLE ACTION
DROP HAMMERS
.The hammers are designed for hot forging in closed multiple-pass impression
dies.
The hammers are used in forge shops operating on large lot or mass pro-
duction.
The hammers are actuated by compressed air or steam at a pressure of. 6
to 8 atmospheres.
The frame uprights are steel castings and are mounted on the anvil block.
To facilitate setting-up dies, the uprights can be adjusted along the anvil block
by means of wedges. The uprights are spanned at the top by the cylinder base
plate on which the working cylinder is mounted., The cylinder is fastened to
the uprights by studs with damping springs.
A safety cylinder head, comprising a safety cylinder and a safety piston
is mounted' on the top of the working cylinder. This safety head prevents the
working piston from striking the cylinder cover. '
STANK 01 M P0 Ri
it
fi
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The working piston and the rod are fastened together in a manner ensuring
reliable operation of the hammer. -
The piston is shrunk on the upper taper end of the rod without subsequent
riveting over. The lower taper end of the rod is fastened to the ram by means
of a split steel bushing and a brass sleeve.
The steam distributing system of the hammer operates through a cylindrical
slide valve and a throttle valve controlled from- a treadle.
The ram guides are adjustable and are held to the uprights through damping
springs.
The ram and the piston are made of steel while the rod is made of heat-
treated high grade alloy steel.
The cylinder is a steel casting with a cast-iron liner.
The anvil block of hammer consists of two parts: the upper part is a solid
steel casting, the lower one - a grey iron casting. The parts are connected by
straight shanks and pins.
The weight of the anvil block equals 20 times the weight of the falling parts.
The die holder is fastened to the anvil block. The lower die is fastened in
the die holder by wedges.
The anvil block rests freely on an oak-wood cushion of the foundation and
is secured'by oak wedges from axial displacement.
The hammer is equipped with a centralized lubricating system supplied
from a lubricating pump station.
The hammers are delivered complete with anvil blocks, die holder, lubri-
cating pump station, oil piping, a set of wrenches and all the necessary tech-
nical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nominal weight of fal-
ling parts, kg ....... 5000
Energy of blow, kgm .. 12500
Maximum stroke of ram,
mm 1300
Width clear between up-
rights, mm ......... 700
Maximum distance from
lower die face to lower
edge of guides, mm-.. 400
Minimum height of lo-
wer die face above
floor level, mm ...... 875
Minimum height of dies
without shanks, mm . 400
Working cylinder bore,
mm 540
10000
25000
1400
1000
400 F. to B..:......
R. to L.........
Maximum height above
775 floor level, mm .. . ...
Net weight without an- -
450 vil block, kg approx.
Net weight of anvil
750 block, kg ...........
STANKO?IMPORT
Rod diameter, mm.....
Inlet steam or air pres-
sure, eff. atm........
Ram dimensions:
F. to B., mm .......
Die holder dimensions:
F. to B., mm .......
Floor space, mm:
200
6 to 8
250
6 to 8
1000
1200
- 1200
1400
2000
2700
3700
4400
6645
7250
41000
75000
100000
200000
PNEUMATIC
SHEET METAL STAMPING HAMMER
MODEL 3IJI 3 -
The hammer is designed for producing sheet metal parts by impact stamping
in lead and zinc or combination cast dies.
The hammer is of the double-action type and is actuated by compressed air.
The hammer is mounted on a solid cast-iron anvil block. A steel bolster plate,
fastened to the anvil block by screws, serves as the working table surface.
Pour V-section cast-iron uprights with prismatic guides for the ram are
mounted on four lugs of the anvil block. On the lower ends the uprights are
provided with adjusting wedges and are fastened'to the- anvil block by studs
with damper springs. , - -
The uprights are connected by a cast-iron crown member which, together
with the uprights and the anvil block, forms the frame.
The working cylinder, with the safety cylinder head, is mounted on the
crown member.
The safety head prevents the piston from striking the cylinder cover.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The working cylinder piston is connected to the rod by a shrunk taper fit
with subsequent riveting over of the end. The ram is connected to the rod by
a taper fit and a bushing.
Air distribution is effected by a piston valve and a throttle.
The hammer is controlled by hand levers but is provided with automatic
air cut-off.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The working cylinder, piston
valve, throttle, pneumatic locking device, cut-off valve and throttle cylinder
are centrally lubricated. The control levers and the piston rod are lubricated
by hand.
The hammer is delivered complete with anvil block and all the necessary
technical instructions for installation and operation.
Working table surface, mm.. 1700X1200
Weight of falling parts without die,
kg 2620
Maximum weight of upper die, kg... 3000
Minimum surface of die, mm... 1200 x 850
Maximum stroke of ram, mm ..... 1200
Distance between guides, mm...... 1700
Height of working table above floor
level, mm . ................ 700
Cylinder bore, mm ............... 450
Rod diameter, mm ............. . 115
Inlet air pressure, eff. atm......... 4 to 6
Exhaust air pressure, eff. atm ...0.1 to 0.5
Air consumption at 1 atm, cu.m/hr 420
Ram speed at the moment of blow
(rated), m/sec ................. 5
Number of strokes per hour, rated... 140
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts without die at single full
stroke, kgm ................... 3300
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2100
R. to L.................... 2750
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 5120
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 14510
Net weight with anvil block, kg
approx. 44510
PNEUMATIC
SHEET METAL STAMPING HAMMER
310D1 L MJI 5
The hammer is designed for producing sheet metal parts by impact stamping
in lead and zinc or combination cast dies.
The hammer is of the double-action typo and is actuated by compressed
air. The hammer is mounted on a solid cast-iron anvil block. A steel bolster
plate, fastened to the anvil block by screws, serves as the working table surface.
Four V-section cast-iron uprights with prismatic, guides for the'ram are
mounted on four lugs of the anvil block. On their lower part, the uprights-are
provided with wedge adjustment and are fastened to the anvil block by studs
with damper springs.
The uprights are connected by a cast-iron crown member- which, together
with the uprights and the anvil block, forms the frame.
The working cylinder, with the safety cylinder head, is mounted on the
crown member. ` .
The safety head prevents the piston from striking the cylinder cover.
The working cylinder piston is connected to the rod by a shrunk taper fit
with subsequent riveting over of the end. The ram is connected to the rod
by a taper fit and a split bushing.
Air distribution is effected by a piston valve and a throttle.
The hammer is controlled by hand levers but is provided with automatic
air cut-off.
STAN KOIM PORT
STAN KOIM P0 RI
131
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The working cylinder, piston
valve, throttle, pneumatic locking device, cut-off valve and throttle cylinder
are centrally lubricated. The control lever and the piston rod are lubricated
individually by hand.
The hammer is delivered complete with the anvil block and all the necessary
technical instructions for installation and operation.
Working table surface, mm ... 3100X 1500
Weight of falling parts without die,
kg 9320
Maximum weight of upper die, kg.. 5000
/Minimum surface of die, mm 2200X 1275
Maximum stroke of ram, min ..... 1500
Distance between guides, nim...... 3100
Height of working table above floor
level, mm ..................... 700
Cylinder bore, min ............... 700
Rod diameter, mm ............... 150
Inlet air pressure, off. atm ....... 4 to 6
Exhaust air pressure, eff. atm ..0.1 to 0.5
Air consumption at 1 atm, cu.m/hr 1120
Ram speed at the moment of blow
(rated), m/see ................. 5.5
Number of strokes per hour, rated... 100
Effective kinetic energy of falling
parts without die at single full
stroke; kgm .................. 13600
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 3000
R. to L.................... 4450
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 6605
Net weight without anvil block, kg
approx. 43210
Net weight with anvil block, kg
approx. 126210
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
HORIZONTAL FORGING MACHINE
The forging machine is designed for upsetting a wide variety of forgings,
made of rod stock heated to forging temperature, in open dies.
Upsetting can be performed in one or more operations.
The forgings made on this machine have a small draft (from 10 to 30) result-
ing in an economy of metal and subsequent machining time.
The machine has a high production capacity as a finished forging can be
obtained in one or two strokes.
The frame is a one-piece steel casting with stiffening ribs.
The crankshaft is an alloy steel forging.
The heading slide is a steel casting. To obtain a higher accuracy of the pro-
duct the heading slide has front and rear bearings, connected by an overarm.
The front guide bearing is provided with bronze adjusting liners.
The side and the gripping slides are made of cast steel, In designing the
machine special attention was paid to reliability of slide operation.
The starting clutch is of a quadruple disc friction type and is pneumatically
operated. Pneumatic starting ensures safe operation as, in case of an inter-
ruption of air' supply, the machine will immediately stop. The clutch design
ensures its reliable operation even when the clutch-plates are worn.
The brake, of a band-type, operates periodically and stops the crankshaft
when the heading slideis in the extreme rear position. Braking force is applied
by a spring while brake release is effected pneumatically.
The stop is provided to control the required length of the rod being forged.
The stop is automatically moved away during the working stroke of the heading
slide.
Cooling of the working tools is effected by a system of coolant pipes mounted
on the machine.
Overloads are prevented by a spring-operated safety device.,
Lubrication is of the force-feed type and is effected by pumps actuated by
the heading slide.
STANKO`IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The forging machine is delivered complete With the electrical equipment and
wiring, a set of V-belts, oil pumps with piping, air distributor with a pressure
gauge, coolant piping, die holder, safety guards for external moving parts,
a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and
maintenance.
Rated capacity, t ................
Full stroke of heading slide, mm...
Working stroke of heading slide, mm
Maximum rod diameter, mm .... ,
Die opening, mm ................
Number of strokes per minute.....
Die dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
Width .....................
Height ...................
160
Electric motor power, kW , , , .....
10
230
r.p.m........
Electric motor speed
750
00
,
40
Floor space, mm:
67
F. to B ....................
3200
75
R.I.o L ....................
2300
260
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1680
145
300
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 11400
STANKOIMPORT
HORIZONTAL FORGING MACHINg
MODEL 13113
The forging machine is designed for upsetting a wide variety of forgings,
made of rod heated to forging temperature, in open dies.
Upsetting can be performed in one or more operations.
Forgings made on this machine have a small draft (from 10 to 30) resulting
in an economy of metal and subsequent machining time.
The machine has a high production capacity as a finished forging can be
obtained in one or two strokes. -
The frame is a one-piece steel casting with external stiffening ribs. To in-
crease frame rigidity and the accuracy of forging two longitudinal tie bars are
provided.
The crankshaft is an alloy steel forging.
The heading slide is a steel casting. To obtain a higher accuracy of the pro-
duct the heading slide has front and rear guide bearings connected by an
overarm. The front guide bearing is provided with bronze adjusting liners`.
The side and the gripping slides are made of cast steel. In designing the
machine, special attention was paid to reliability of slide operation.
The starting clutch is of the quadruple disc friction type and is pneumatic-
ally operated. Pneumatic starting ensures safe operation as, in case of an inter-
ruption of air supply the machine will be immediately brought to a stop. The
clutch design ensures its reliable operation even when the clutch-plates: are
worn.
The brake, of a band-type, operates periodically and stops the crank-
shaft when the heading slide is in the extreme rear position. Braking force is
applied by a spring, brake release is effected pneumatically.
The stop is provided to control the required length of the rod being forged.
The stop is automatically, moved away during the working stroke of the heading
slide.
Cooling of the working tools is effected by a system of coolant pipes mounted
on the machine.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
~~V
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The flywheel is stopped after the electric motor is switched off by a brake.
The flywheel brake is operated by a pneumatic valve located at the operator's
position.
Overloads are prevented by a spring-operated safety device.
Lubrication is of the forced-feed type and is effected by pumps actuated
by the heading slide.
The forging machine is delivered complete with the electrical equipment and
wiring, a set of V-belts, oil pumps and piping, air distributor with a pressure
gauge, coolant piping, die holder, safety guards for external moving parts,
a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and
maintenance.
Rated capacity, t ................
Full stroke of heading slide, mm...
Working stroke of heading slide, mm
Maximum diameter of rod, mm ...
Die openy; mm ................
Number trokes per minute.....
Die dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
Width ....................
Height ...................
500
Electric motor power, kW . . . .....
20
280
190
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
750
80
Floor space, mm:
125
F. to B ....................
4450
45
R. to L ....................
3230
500
Maximum height above floor level,
180
mm 1960
450
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 39100
STAN KOIM PORT
STANKOIMPORT.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
HORIZONTAL FORGING MACIIIINE
MODEL p1CM 800
The forging machine is designed for upsetting a wide variety of forgings
made of steel rod heated to forging temperature, in open dies.
Upsetting can be performed in one or more operations.
Forgings made on this machine have a small draft (from 10 to 30) resulting
in an economy of metal and subsequent machining time.
Horizontal forging machines are widely used in forge shops operating on
serial or mass production of various parts.
The machines possess high production capacity as a finished piece can be
produced in one or two strokes.
The frame is a one-piece steel-casting stiffened with external ribs. To in-
crease rigidity and accuracy of operation, two longitudinal tie bars are provided.
The crankshaft is a forging made of special steel.
The heading ram is a steel casting. In designing the machine, particular
attention was, paid to, reliable operation of the side and gripping slides..
To increase the accuracy of parts produced the heading slide is provided
with front and rear guide bearings connected by an overarm. The front guide
bearings have adjustable bronze liners.
The pneumatically-operated clutch is of the four-disc friction type.,,Pneu-
matic control ensures safe operation of the machine, as in case of an inter-
ruption of air supply, the machine is immediately brought to a stop: The
clutch design ensures reliable operation even when the discs are worn.
A periodically operated pneumatic band brake is provided to stop the head-
ing slide in the extreme rear position. The brake operates automatically. It is
applied by spring action and is released pneumatically.
To protect the machine from overloads, a special friction-type safety device
combined with the brake drum is mounted on. the driving shaft.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
This device is tripped when the torque on the pinion gear exceeds its maxi-
mum allowable value.
The bolts of the friction safety device are tightened by a special hydraulic
attachment.
A special spring and lever device is provided for protecting parts of the
gripping mechanism from breakage.
The, machine is safeguarded against considerable overloads by a special
device interlocked with the pneumatic clutch engagement.
An adjustable stop is provided for measuring of the required length of rod.
The stop is automatically withdrawn during the working stroke of the heading
slide.
Pneumatic equipment, mounted on the machine, ensures safe operation con-
trol. It consists of an air supply head, reducing valve, oil atomizer, water sepa-
rator and receiver.
The machine is equipped with a centralized system of grease lubrication
and with an arrangement for water cooling of the dies.
The flywheel is stopped, after the electric motor is switched off, by a brake,
actuated by a pneumatic valve located at the operator's position.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through V-belts and gears.
Control is effected by a treadle located at the operator's position.
The design permits either single strokes or continuous (automatic) operation.
The forging machine is delivered complete with the electric motor, starting
equipment and wiring, a set of V-belts, lubricating pumps and piping, air
distributing equipment with pressure gauge, water cooling system for dies,
hydraulic attachment for tightening nuts of safety device, hydro-pneumatic
lifting table, die holder, guards for external moving parts, a set of wrenches
and all the necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
Rated capacity, t ................ 800
Full stroke of heading slide, nom.... 380
Working stroke of heading slide, mm 250
Maximum rod diameter, mm ...... 100
Die opening, mm .. . 152
Number of strokes per minute..... 35
Die dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 550
Width ......... 210
Height ................... 660
Electric'motor power, kW ........ 40
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 5085
R. to L .................... 3600
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 2265
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 75000
STAN K.011 M PORT
HORIZONTAL FORGING MACHINE
The forging machine is designed for upsetting a wide variety of forgings
made of rod stock heated to forging temperature, in open cues.
Upsetting can be performed in one or more operations.
Forgings made on this machine have a small draft resulting in an economy
of metal and subsequent machining time.
Horizontal forging machines are widely used in forge shops operating on
serial or mass production of various parts.
The machines possess ,a high production capacity as a finished forging can
be produced in one or two strokes.
The frame is a one-piece steel dasting stiffened with external ribs. To in-
crease frame rigidity and accuracy of forging two longitudinal tie bars are
provided.
The crankshaft is a special steel. forging.
The heading slide is a steel casting. In designing the machine, ticular
attention was paid to ensuring reliable operation of the side and gripping-slides.
To increase the accuracy of parts produced, the heading slide is provided with
front and rear guide bearings connected by an overarm. The front guide bearing
can be adjusted by means of bronze liners.
The pneumatically operated clutch is of the multiple-disc friction type.
Pneumatic control ensures safe operation'of the machine as, in case of an inter-
ruption of air supply, the machine is immediately brought to a stop. The clutch
design ensures reliable operation of the machine even when the discs are worn.
A periodically operated pneumatic band brake is provided to stop the heading
slide in the extreme rear positions. The brake operates automatically; it is
applied by the action of a spring and released pneumatically.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
To protect the machine from overloads, a special friction-type safety device
combined with the brake drum is mounted on the driving shaft. This device
is tripped when the torque on the pinion gear exceeds the allowable maximum
The bolts of this frictional device are tightened by a special hydraulic
attachment furnished with the machine without extra charge.
The design of the machine also includes a combined lever and spring device
for protecting parts of the gripping mechanism from breakage.
To protect the machine from considerable overloads, a special device inter-
locked with the pneumatic clutch engagement is provided.
An adjustable stop is provided for measuring off the required length of rod.
The stop is automatically withdrawn during the working stroke of the heading
slide. %
A combination hydraulic-pneumatic lifting table is furnished with the
machine for transferring rods from pass to pass.
Pneumatic equipment, mounted on the machine, ensures reliable operation
control. It consists of an air supply head, reducing valve, oil atomizer, water
separator and receiver.
The machine is equipped with a centralized system of grease lubrication
and with an arrangement for water cooling of the dies.
The flywheel is stopped when the electric motor is switched off by a brake,
actuated by a pneumatic valve located at the operator's position.
The machine is driven by an individual electric motor through a combined
V-belt and gear drive.
Control of the machine is effected by a treadle located at the operator's
position. The design permits either continuous (automatic) operation or single
strokes.
The forging machine is delivered complete with the electric motor, starting
equipment and wiring, one set of 'V-belts, lubricating pumps and piping, air
distributing system with a pressure gauge, piping for die cooling system,
hydraulic attachment for tightening safety-device nuts, hydro-pneumatic lift-
ing table, die holder, guards for external moving parts, a set of wrenches and
all the necessary technical. instructions for erection and maintenance.
Rated capacity, t .... . . ........ . . 1200
Full stroke of heading slide, mm?.. 500
Working stroke of heading slide, mm 318
Maximum rod diameter, mm ...... 150
Die opening, mm ............ 215
Number of strokes per minute..... 27
Die dimensions, mm:
Length ................... .660
Width ....... . . . . . . 290,
Height ............. 820
142
Electric motor power, kW .. ? ... . . 80
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 585
Floor space,,mm:
F. to B ... ................ 6145
R. to L ...... ............. 4380
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 3700
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 123000
STANKOIMPORT
'HORIZONTAL FORGING MACHINE
310DELS I'ICI 2000 and I'ICII 3000
The forging machines are' intended for upsetting various forgings made of
rod stock heated to forging temperature, in open dies.
Upsetting can be performed in one or more operations.
Forgings made on these machines have a small draft resulting in an eco-
nomy of metal and subsequent machining time.
Horizontal forging machines are widely used in forge shops operating on
serial or mass production of various parts.
The machines possess a high production capacity as a finished forging can
be obtained in one or two strokes.
The frame is made of cast steel. It is built up of two sections. The jointing
plane passes between the crankshaft and the die blocks. The sections are drawn
together by heavy tie bars and eight flange bolts. In addition, the rear part
of the frame is stiffened by another bolt passing above the crankshaft.
The crankshaft is a special steel forging:
The heading slide is made of cast steel. In designing the machines, parti-
cular parti-
cular attention was paid, to ensuring reliable operation of the side and gripping
slides. To' increase the accuracy of the parts produced, the .beading slide is
provided with front and rear guide bearings connected by an overarm.-The
front guide bearing can be adjusted by means of bronze liners.
The pneumatically-operated clutch 'is of the multiple-disc friction type.
Pneumatic control ensures safe operation of the machine as, in case of all inter-
ruption of air supply, the machine is immediately brought' to a stop. The
clutch design ensures reliable operation of the machine even when-the discs
are worn.
A periodically operated pneumatic band brake is provided to-stop the heading
slide in the extreme rear position.
The brake operates automatically; it is applied by the action of a. spring
and released pneumatically.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
To protect the machine from overloads, a special friction-type safety device'
combined with the brake drum is mounted on the driving shaft. This device
is tripped when the torque on the pinion gear exceeds the allowable maximum
value.
The bolts of this frictional device are tightened by a special hydraulic.
attachment furnished with the machine without extra charge.
The design of the machine also includes a combined lever and spring device
for protecting parts of the gripping mechanism from breakage.
To protect the machine from considerable overloads, a special device inter-
locked with the pneumatic clutch engagement is provided.
An adjustable stop is provided for measuring off the required length of rod.
The stop is automatically withdrawn during the working stroke of the
heading slide.
A combination hydro-pneumatic lifting table is furnished with the machine
for transferring rods from pass to pass.
Pneumatic equipment, mounted on the machine, ensures reliable operation
control. It consists of an air supply head, reducing valve, oil atomizer, water
separator and receiver.
The forging machines are equipped with a centralized system of grease
lubrication and with an arrangement for water cooling of the dies.
The flywheel is stopped when the electric motor is switched off by a brake,
actuated by a pneumatic valve located at the operator's position.
The machines are driven by individual electric motors through a combined
V-belt and gear drive.
Control is effected by a treadle located at the operator's position. The
design permits either continuous (automatic) operation or single strokes.
For cranking-over the machine while setting-up or during repairs the model
PI~III 3000 forging machine is equipped with an auxiliary drive.
The forging machines are delivered complete with the electric motor, starting
equipment and wiring, one set of V-belts, lubricating pumps and piping, air-
distributing equipment with a pressure gauge, water piping for the die-cooling
system, hydraulic attachment for tightening safety device nuts, die holder,
hydro-pneumatic lifting table, guards for external moving parts, a set of
wrenches and all the necessary teclmical instructions for operation and main-
tenance.
PI{li 2000 rICIE 3000
Rated capacity, t...... 2 000 3 000
Full stroke of heading
slide, mm........... 610 750
Working'stroke of head-
ing slide, mm ...... 400 490
Maximum rod diameter,
mm 190 225
Die opening, mm ..... 305 350
Number of strokes per
minute ............ 25 25
Die dimensions, mm:
Length ........ . 850 1 100
Width ......... 320 390
Height ........ 1 050 1 300
Main electric motor po-
wer, k`V ........... 155 245
F61 2000 Pill 3000
Main electric motor
speed, r.p.m.........
Auxiliary electric motor
power, 16,17 .........
Auxiliary electric motor
speed, r.p.m..........
Auxiliary device reduc-
tion gear ratio...... .
Floor space, mm:
F. toB.........
R. to L.........
Maximum height above
14
1 500
8750 10300
5 000 .6120
floor level, mm ...... 3 880
Net weight,. kg approx. 223 000
STANKOIMP0RT
4 320
375 000
ROTARY SWAGING MACHINE
MODEL B 201
The rotary swaging machine is designed for reducing molybdenum,-tungsten
and steel rods heated to forging temperature.
The machine is used in the production of medical instruments, as well as
precision machine and instrument parts.
The swaging machine comprises the following units: head, feed rolls with
gear reducing unit, drive, lubricating and cooling system.
All these units. and the electrical equipment are mounted on a cast-iron
frame.
The head is the principal working mechanism of the machine. The spindle
and the roll housing are mounted in the head in anti-friction bearings.
The spindle is made of steel and has a transverse slot on the front end for
mounting swages and hammers. On the rear end of the spindle the flywheel
STAN KO IM P0 RI
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
is mounted. An axial hole is provided in the spindle for passing through the.
finished rods. This bore terminates in a bell-mouth outlet. Five pairs of rolls'
and spacers are mounted in the roll housing.
Coordination of roll-action with hammers and swages is attained in the
following manner: as the spindle revolves, the hammers and the swages are',,
forced out to the periphery by centrifugal force. The ends of the swages and
hammers run over the rolls and are pressed to the center to swage the rods.
The feed rolls serve for automatic feed-in of the rods in the process of swag- ,
ing. The lower roll drives the rod while the upper roll is idle and is held against
the-rod by spring action.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted to-the
spindle flywheel through a V-belt drive. A separate V-belt transmits motion
to the worm reducing gear unit which actuates the feed rolls.
The lubricating and cooling system consists of a gear pump and oil piping.
-The pump is driven by the main drive V-belt. The pump forces oil through
the circulating system for lubricating and cooling the roll housing, the rolls
and the swaging tools. The same oil serves to wash the scale off the rolls. The
spindle bearings are lubricated by a grease gun through ball-type grease cups.
The rolls and the swaging tools are made of high-quality tool steel.
The rotary swaging machine is delivered complete with the electrical
equipment and wiring, lubricating and cooling equipment, a grease gun, a set
of working tools, an oil tank, feed rolls, a set of V-belts and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum initial diameter of rod, mm 4.2
Final diameter of rod, mm........ 2.4
Speed of head,r.p.m . ............ 1200
Number of rolls in housing. ....... 10
Speed of feeding, m/min ......... 4 to E
Electric motor power, kW........ 1.0
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1040
R. to L .................... 730
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1330
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 300
STAN KOIMPORT
ROTARY SWAGING MACHINE -
MODEL B 202
The rotary swaging machine is designed for reducing molybdenum, tungsten
and steel rods heated to forging temperature.
The machine is used in the production of medical instruments, as well as
precision machine and instrument parts.
The swaging machine comprises the following units: head, feed *rollswith
the gear reducing unit, drive, lubricating and cooling, system.
All the mechanisms are mounted on a cast-iron frame.
The head is the principal working mechanism of the machine. The spindle
and the roll housing are, mounted in the head in anti-friction bearings.
The spindle is made of steel and has a transverse slot on the front end for
mounting swages and hammers. On the rear end of the spindle the flywheel
is mounted. An axial hole is provided in the'spindle for passing through the
finished rod.
Six pairs, of rolls and spacers are mounted in the roll housing.
Coordination of roll action- with hammers and swages is attained in the
following manner. As the spindle revolves, the hammers and the swages are
forced to the periphery by centrifugal force. The ends of the hammers and
swages run over the rolls and are pressed to the center to swage the rods.
S,?AN KO IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
147
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 745
R. to L .................... Soo
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1360
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 465
STAN KOI-MPORT
ROTARY SWAGING MACHINE
MODEL B 203
-The rotary swaging machine is designed for reducing molybdenum, tungsten
and steel rods heated to forging temperature.
The machine is used in the production of medical instruments, as well as
precision machine. and instrument parts.
The swaging machine comprises the following mechanisms: head, drive,
lubricating and cooling system.
All the mechanisms are mounted on a cast-iron frame.
The head is the principal working mechanism of the machine. he spindle
and the roll housing are mounted in the head in anti-friction bearings. -
The spindle has a transverse slot on the front, end for mounting swages and
hammers. On. the rear end of the spindle, the flywheel is mounted. An axial
hole is provided in the spindle for passing through the finished rods.
Six pairs of rolls are mounted in the roll housing.
Coordination of roll action with hammers and swages is attained in the
the hammers and the swages are
following manner. As the spindle revolves,
to swage thesrods ham-
ersdun to the over the rolls and are pressed The ends of the
mers run
STAN KOIMP-ORT
t "C'
The feed rolls serve for automatic feed-in of the rods in the process 'o
f:..
swaging. The lower roll drives the rod while the upper roll is idle and is held<
against the rod by spring action.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted to the
spindle flywheel through a V-belt drive. A separate V-belt transmits motion"
to the feed roll gear reducing unit.
The lubricating and cooling system consists, of a gear pump and oil piping.,
The pump is driven by the main drive V-belt. The pump forces oil through the k.
circulating system for lubricating and cooling the roll housing, the rolls and.-
the swaging tools. The same oil serves to'wash the scale off the rolls. ,
The rotary swaging machine is delivered complete with the electrical
equipment-and wiring, lubricating and cooling equipment, grease gun, a set
of working tools, an oil tank, a set of V-belts and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum initial diameter of rod, mm 7.3
Final diameter of rod, mm ........ 4.2
Speed of head, r.p.m ............. 950
Number of rolls in the housing..... 12
Speed of feeding, m/min .......... 3
Electric motor power, kW......... 1.7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted to the:
spindle flywheel through a V-belt drive.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The bearings are lubricated;
through ball-type grease cups by a grease gun. The working tools and the rolls. _ .%
are lubricated by machine oil through a circulating system actuated by a gear
pump. The same oil serves to cool the tools and to wash the scale off the rolls.
The oil pump is driven by a V-belt from the main drive.
The working tools are made of high-quality tool steel.
The rods are fed by Band, but on special order, automatic roller feed can
be furnished at an extra price.
The rotary swaging machine is. delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment and wiring, lubricating and cooling equipment, grease gun, a set of work-
ing tools, an oil tank, a set of V-belts, feed rolls and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum initial diameter of rod, mm 17.5
Final diameter of rod, mm ........ 7.3
Speed of head, r.p.m. ......... 550
Number of rolls in housing ........ 12
Electric motor power, 1c4V......... 1.7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 650
R. to L.................... 940
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1400
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 635
STANK?OIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
AUTOMATIC SINGLE STROKE
SOLID DIE COLD HEADER
I10-DLL A 111
screw heads,
automatic header is designed for upsetting rivet-and eads, as
well as other small parts made of wire or rod, in one stroke.
The upset heads are principally of round- or flat-head type.
In selecting an automatic cold header, the following considerations are of
be.borne in mind: produce only parts in which the length-
1 diameters
,A single-stroke cold header can head does not exceed 2 to 2 /Z
material required to form the upset of the wire or rod used. x he length h ofmathe
A double stroke cold header can pr does not tesc ed w1jich ? Z th len
terial required to form the upset head duce arts in
A triple which the 'length of-ma-
wire or rod.
-st robe cold header can produce parts
required to form the upset head does not exceed G to 8 diameters oft he
terial rwire or rod.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Solid dies can be used only for parts with a shank length not exceeding
8 diameters of the wire or rod.
For longer shanks, open (lies should be used.
All the operations performed by the model A 111 automatic cold header,
such as feeding the stock; cutting-off, upsetting the bolt or rivet head and
knocking-out the finished pieces are fully automatic and are interconnected
in a single kinematic system.
The automatic header comprises the following principal units: stock feed
mechanism; cut-off and carrying-over from feed line to heading line; heading
ram; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through the cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
The knife blade, moving perpendicularly to the wire, cuts the blank off
and carries it over to the heading line.
As the ram moves forward, the punch pushes the blank into the upsetting
die up to the stop and then, in the course of further motion of the ram, upsets
the bolt or the rivet head.
As the ram moves backward the finished piece is ejected from the die and
the cycle is repeated.
The heading ram and all the other mechanisms are actuated by the crank-
shaft, which is driven through a multiple V-belt arrangement from an electric
motor.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed lubricating system from an oil-pumping station.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the automatic
cold header.
The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading any
of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjust-
ment of all the mechanisms and tools.
The automatic cold header is delivered coihpleto with the electrical equip-
ment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
Maximum diameter (mm) of wire
with an ultimate strength of
60 kg/sq.mm .................... ' 6
Maximum length of shank, mm.... 50
Minimum length of shank, mm..... 10
Maximum length of blank, mm..... 66
Minimum length of blank, mm..... 18
Number of strokes per minute...... 190
Pressure exerted at end of stroke, t.. 24'
Stroke of heading ram, mm........ 85
Number of pieces per minute....... 190
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Overall dimensions (LXWXH), mm
2090X 1210 X 1185
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 2300
STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
SOLID DIE COLD HEADER
MODEL A 121 A
The automatic gold header is designed for upsetting bolt, rivet and screw
heads of various shapes made of wire or rod material up to 6 mm in diameter.
In selecting an automatic cold header the following considerations are to
be borne in mind:
A single-stroke cold header can produce only parts in which the length of
material required to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 21/z diameters
of the wire or rod used. -
A double-stroke cold header. can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form, the upset head does not. exceed 41/2 diameters of the
wire or rod.
A triple-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length- of-ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the
wire or rod.
Solid dips can be used only for parts with a shank length not exceeding
8 diameters 'of the wire or rod stock. For longer shanks, open dies should be
used.
All the operations performed by the model A 121 A automatic cold. header
such as feeding the stock, cutting off and carrying over the blank, upsetting
the bolt or rivet head and knocking out the finished pieces are fully automatic.
The automatic header comprises the following principal units: stock -feed
'
mechanism; cut-off and carrying-over from. feed line to, heading- line; p
movement slide; heading ram; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through the cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Pressure exerted at the end of
stroke, t ...................... 15
Number of pieces per minute ....... 115
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length .................... 2175
Width ..................... 1240
Height ................... 1165
Net weight; kg .......... approx.. 2870
STAN KO! M PORT
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
SOLID DIE COLD HEADER
MODEL A 123
The automatic header is designed for upsetting bolt and screw heads of
various shapes, as well as other parts of more complicated form in two con-
secutive strokes.
In selecting an automatic cold header, the following considerations are to
be borne in mind:
A single-stroke cold header can produce only parts in which the length of
material required to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 21/2 diameters
of the wire or rod used.
.A double-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 41/2 diameters of the
wire or rod. '
A triple-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters',of the
wire or rod.
Solid dies can be used only for parts with. a shank length not exceeding
8 diameters of the wire or rod stock. For longer shanks, open dies should be
used. All *the operations performed by the model A 123 automatic cold header,
such as feeding the stock, cutting-off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting
the bolt or.rivet head and knocking-out the finished pieces, are fully automatic
and are interconnected in a- single kinematic system. . '
The automatic header comprises the following principal units: straightener
rolls; stock feed mechanism; cut-off and carrying-over from feed line to head-
ing line; heading ram and punch movement slide; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through the cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
STAN KOIMP'ORT
The knife blade, moving perpendicularly to the wire cuts off the blank and
carries it over to the heading line.
As the ram moves forward the punch pushes the blank into the upsetting,
die up to the stop and then, in the course of further motion of the ram, upsets;
the intermediate shape. On the second stroke, another punch upsets the head.'
to the final shape.
As the ram moves back after the second stroke, the knock-out ejects the
-finished piece from the die.
The heading ram is driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mecha-
nisms are actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor'through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the automatic
cold header.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a mechanically driven pump-station.
The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading any
of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjust-
ment of all the mechanisms and tools.
The automatic cold header is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erec-
tion and maintenance.
Maximum diameter of wire (mm)
with an ultimate strength of
60 kg/sq. mm .................. 6
llinimum diameter of wire, mm.... 4
Maximum length of shank, mm ... 50
Minimum length of shank, mm .... 8
Maximum length of blank, mm .... 75
Minimum length of blank, mm..... 18
Nurober of strokes per minute...... 230
Stroke of heading ram, mm......... 85
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The knife blade, moving perpendicularly to the wire cuts off the blank
carries it over to the heading line. .,
As the ram moves forward, the punch pushes the blank into the upsetting:
die up to the stop and then, in the course of further motion of the ram, upsets
the intermediate shape. On the second stroke, another punch upsets' the head
to the final shape.
As the ram moves back after the second stroke, the knock-out ejects the
finished piece from the die.
The heading ram is -driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mocha
nisms are actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2, i. e., the camshaft makes one revolution. to two revolutions of"
the crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple to
V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the machine.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a mechanically driven pump-station.
The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading any
of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards. The design
of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjustment of all the ;
mechanisms and tools.
The automatic cold header is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
Maximum stock diameter (mm) with
an ultimate strength of 60 kg/sq.
mm 12
Maximum length of shank, mm ... 90
Minimum length of shank, mm .... 15
Maximum length of blank, mm ..... 140
Minimum length of blank, mm..... 32
Maximum diameter of head, mm .. 25
Maximum height of head, mm .... 9
Number of strokes per minute...... 120
Pressure exerted at the end of
stroke, t ...................... 100
Stroke of heading ram, mm ....... 170
Number of pieces per minute ...... 60
Electric motor power, kW ........ 20
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Overall dimensions with straightener
rolls, mm:
Length ...! ............... 4260
Width .................... 2130?
Height .................... 1570
Weight with straightener rolls, kg
approx. 10810
STAN K0,1MPORT,
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
SOLID DIE COLD HEADER
310DEL A 124-
The automatic header is designed for upsetting bolt and rivet heads, as well
as other parts made of calibrated wire or rod, in two consecutive strokes.
In selecting an, automatic cold header the following considerations are to
be borne in mind:
A single-stroke cold header can produce only parts in which the length of
material required to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 21/2 diameters
of the wire or rod used.
A double-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 4'1/2 diameters of the
wire or rod.
A triple-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the'
wire or rod.
Solid dies can be used only for parts with a shank length -not exceeding
8 diameters of the wire or rod, stock. For longer shanks, open dies should be
used.
All the operations performed by the header such as feeding the stock, cut-
ting-off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting the bolts or rivet head and
knocking-out the finished pieces, are fully automatic and interconnected in a
single kinematic system.
The automatic header comprises the following principal units: stock feed
mechanism; cut-off and carrying-over from feed line to heading line; heading
ram and punch movement slide; knock-out.
The rod is fed intermittently by rollers through the cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
The knife, moving perpendicularly to the rod, cuts off the blank and carries.
it over to the heading line.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
As the ram moves forward, the punch pushes the blank into the upsetting
die up to the stop and then, in the course of further motion of the ram, upsets . ,.
to the final shape.
As the ram moves back after the second stroke, the knock-out ejects the
finished piece from the die.
The heading ram is driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mechanisms
are actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2, i.e., the camshaft makes one revolution to. two revolutions of
the crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoo-brake is provided for quickly stopping the cold header.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a mechanically driven pumping station.
The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading any
of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjust-
ment of all" the mechanisms and tools.
The automatic cold header is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, one set of dies for 16 mm dia. stock, lubricating pump and piping, a set of
wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and main-
tenance.
Maximum stock diameter (mm) with
an ultimate strength of 60 kg/sq.
mm 16
Maximum length of shank, mm ... 100
Minimum length of shank, mm .... 18
Maximum length of blank, mm .... 165
Minimum length of blank, mm..... 42
Maximum diameter of head, mm .. 32
Maximum height of head, mm..... 11
Number of strokes per minute ...... 105
Stroke of heading ram, mm ....... 220
Number of pieces per minute ...... 52
Electric motor power, kW ...:.... 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4720
Width .................... 2540
Height ................... 1835
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 17570
STAN KOI-M.PORT
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
OPEN DIE COLD HEADER
310DEL AA 161
The automatic header is designed for upsetting bolt, rivet and screw heads,
as well as other parts with long shanks made of calibrated wire, in two con-
secutive strokes.
In selecting an automatic cold header it should be borne in mind that a
ma-
single-stroke
terial required exceed 2 to 21/z diameters of
required t to co o form the upset head does not
wire or rod used.
A double-stroketoromt h
aerial e uPesetahead does nott exceed 4% diameter o
fo p
required of the
wire or rod.
A triple-stroke
upset head does not exce d 6 to 8 diameters of the
form the header
terial required d to to
wire or rod. not
exceedi Solid dies can. be used onl I'or loparts shanks open es sh uld be used. ng
8 diameters of the wire or rod. longer eedi All the operations performed by the header, sucche bolwire
or rivet head an
cutting-off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting
/mocking-out the finished pieces are fully automatic and are interconnected in
a single kinematic system.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The automatic header comprises the. following principal units: automatic
stock feed; punch movement slide; cut-off and carry-over from feed line to
heading line; heading ram; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through the cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
The rod is cut off and carried over to the heading line by the action of the
cut-off mechanisms.
The ram performs the upsetting operation in two consecutive strokes.
The dies are returned by spring action to the feeding line where the next
blank-ejects the finished piece.
The ram is driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mechanisms are
actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2, i.e., the camshaft makes one revolution to two revolutions of
the crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from-an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the machine.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a pumping station.
The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading any
of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjust-
ment of all the mechanisms and tools.
The automatic cold header is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, one set of dies for 6 mm dia. stock, a set of wrenches and all the necessary
technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum wire diameter (mm) with an
ultimate strength of 60 kg/sq. mm
Maximum length of shank, mm ...
Minimum length of shank, mm ....
Maximum length of blank, mm ....
Minimum length of blank, mm.....
Maximum diameter of head, mm ..
Maximum height of head, mm ....
Number of strokes per minute
Number of pieces per minute ......
135
6
Stroke of heading ram, mm .......
120
72
Electric motor power, kW ........
7
16
Electric motor speed, r.p.m.........
1000
95
Overall dimensions, mm:
18
Length .... ............
2325
12
Width .......... .......
1300
4.5
Height ...................
1850
270
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 3250
STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
OPEN DIE COLD HEADER
MODEL A 169.
The automatic header is designed for cold heading of bolt blanks and other
parts made of wire or rod.
With the aid of special fixtures and a corresponding set-up, the automatic
header can be used for making parts by the cold bending method.
In selecting a cold header, it is necessary to keep in mind the following con-
siderations:
A single-stroke automatic cold header can produce only parts in wluch the
length of material used to form the upset head, does not exceed 2 to 21/2 dia-
meters of the wire or rod.
A double-stroke automatic cold header can produce parts in which the
length of material used to form the upset head does not exceed -4.1/2 diameters
of the wire or rod.
A triple-stroke automatic cold header can produce parts in which the length
of material used to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the
wire or rod. . '
Solid dies,can be used only for making parts in which the length of the
shank is not more than 8 times the diameter of wire or rod.
For longer shanks, open dies should be used.
All the operations performed by the header: feeding the wire or rod, cutting-
off and cariying-over the blank; upsetting the bolt or rivet head and knoclfing-
out the finished piece are fully automatic and are. interconnected in a single
kinematic system.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The automatic header comprises the following principal units: automatic
feed; punch movement slide; cut-off and carry-over from feed line to heading
line; heading ram; knock-out.
Wire or rod, straightened by a special device, is fed by intermittently re-
volving rollers through the cut-off die to the stop, set to the required length
of blank.
The rod is cut off and carried over to the heading line by the action of the
cut-off mec hanism.
The heading ram forms the head in two consecutive strokes.
The dies are returned by spring action to the feed line where the next blank
ejects the finished piece.
The heading ram is driven by the crankshaft while all the other mechanisms
are actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2, i. e. the camshaft makes one revolution to two revolutions of the
crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the machine.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected by a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of an oil pumping station.
The automatic header is equipped with safety devices preventing over-
loading of any of its mechanisms.
The design of the automatic header ensures accessibility and easy adjust-
ment of all its mechanisms and tools.
The automatic header is delivered complete with the electric motor, starting
equipment and wiring, one set of dies for 8 mm dia. stock, one set of V-belts,
a set of wrenches, lubrication pump and oil piping and all the necessary tech-
nical instructions for erection and maintenance.
/Maximum diameter of part shank
(mm) with. an ultimate strength of
60kg/sq.mm ..................
/Maximum length of shank, mm
Minimum length: of shank, mm ....
Maximum length of blank, mm .... ,
Minimum length of blank, mm....'. .
Maximum diameter of upset head,
mm
Maximum -height of upset'head, mm
Number of strokes per minute .....
8
95
1s
130
22
16
6
210
Number of pieces per minute ...... 105
cStroke of heading ram, mm ....... 150
Electric motor power, kW ........ 7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m.:...... 1000
Upsetting force, t ........... . .... 5Q
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 2915
Width ..... .............. 1710
Height 2080
Net weight,. kg .......... approx. 6700
STAN KOIM PORT
STAN.K0IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
OPEN DIE COLD HEADER
MODEL A 162
The automatic header is designed for cold heading of bolt blanks and other
parts made of wire or rod.
With the aid of special fixtures and a corresponding set-up, the automatic
header can be used for making parts by the cold bending method.
In selecting a cold header, it is necessary to keep in mind the following con-
siderations:
A single-stroke automatic cold header can produce only parts in which the
length of material used to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 2%2 dia-
meters of the wire or rod. ?
A double-stroke automatic cold header can produce parts in which the
length of material used to form the'upset head does not exceed 41/2'diameters
of the wire or rod.
A triple-stroke automatic cold header can produce parts in which the length
of material used to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the
wire or rod.
Solid dies can be used only for making parts in which the length of the
shank does not exceed 8 times the diameter of wire or'rod.
For longer shanks, open dies should be used.
All the operations performed by the header: feeding the wire or rod, -cutting-
off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting the bolt or rivet head' and knocking-
out the finished piece are fully automatic and are interconnected in a single
kinematic system.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The automatic header comprises the following principal emits: automate'
feed; punch movement, slide; cut-off and carry-over from feed line to heading
Wire or rod, straightened by a special device, is fed by intermittently rer
volving rollers through the cut-off die to the stop, set to the required length,';.
The rod is cut off and carried over to the heading line by the action of tli ' .
-4 _rc
The heading ram forms the head in two consecutive strokes.
The dies are returned by spring action to the feed line where the next blank?.`,.
ejects the finished piece.
The heading ram is driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mechanisms Y
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1 to 2, i. e., the camshaft makes one revolution to two revolutions of the '.
crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement.
A foot-operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the machine.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a pumping station.
The automatic, header is equipped with safety devices preventing over-
loading of any of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the automatic header ensures accessibility and easy adjust-
ment of all its mechanisms and tools.
The automatic header is delivered complete with the electric motor, starting Z:
equipment and wiring, one set of dies for 10 mm dia. stock, one set of V-belts,
a set of wrenches, lubrication pump, oil piping and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
A wire reel is available on special order.
Maximum diameter of part shank
(mm) with an ultimate strength of
60 kg,/sq.mm ..................
iIaximum length of-shank, mm ...
Minimum length of shank, mm ....
ilaximum length of blank, mm ....
Minimum lenght of blank, mm.....
Maximum diameter of upset head,
mm
Maximum height of upset head, mm
Number of strokes per minute ......
Number of pieces per minute ......
85
Stroke of heading ram
mm
170
10
,
.......
Electric motor
ower
kW
10
120
p
,
........
.22
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
1000
160
Upsetting force, t :...............
65.4
30
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
3160
20
Width ....................
1960
7.5
Height ....................
2070
170
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 8800
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
OPEN DIE COLD HEADER'
310DEL A 163
The automatic cold header is designed for upsetting bolt, rivet and screw
heads, as well as other parts with long shanks, made of calibrated wire, in two
consecutive strokes.
In selecting an automatic cold header, the following considerations are to
be borne in mind:
A single-stroke cold header can produce only parts in which the length of
material required to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 21/2 diameters
of the wire or rod.
A double-stroke cold header pan produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 41/2 diameters of the
wire or rod used.
A triple-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length 61 ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the
wire or rod.
Solid dies can be used only for parts with a shank length not exceeding .
8 diameters of the wire or rod. For longer'shariks, open dies should be used.
All the operations performed on the automatic cold header, such as feeding
the wire or rod, cutting-off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting the bolt or
rivet head and knocking-out the finished product are fully automatic and are
interconnected in a single kinematic system.. units: automatic
The automatic header comprises the following principal
stock feed; punch movement mechanism; cut-off and carrying-over from 'feed
F
line to heading line; heading ram; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through The cut-off die up. to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
The blank is cut off and carried over to the heading line by the action of the
cutting mechanism.
ST'ANKOIMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The ram performs the upsetting operation in two consecutive strokes.
The die is returned by the action of springs to the feed line, where the next
blank ejects the finished piece.
The ram is driven by the crankshaft while all the other mechanisms are
actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a
ratio of 1'to 2, i. e., the camshaft makes one,revolution to two revolutions of the
crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an electric motor through a V-belt arrange-
ment.
A foot-operated, shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the header.
.Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of an oil-pumping station.
The automatic header is equipped with safety devices to prevent over-
loading any of its mechanisms.
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the automatic header ensures accessibility and simplicity of
adjustment of all the mechanisms and tools.
The header is delivered complete with the electrical equipment, one set of
dies for 12mm dia. stock, a set of V-belts, a set of wrenches, a lubricating pump
with piping and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and main-
tenance.
Maximum stock diameter (mm) with
an ultimate strength of 60 kg/sq.
mm
Maximum length of shank, mm ...
Minimum length of shank, mm ....
Maximum length of blank, mm ....
Minimum length of blank, mm.... .
Maximum diameter of head, mm ..
Maximum height of head, mm ....
Number of-strokes per minute .....
12
145
25
195
36
25-
9
140
Stroke of heading ram, mm ....... 200
Number of pieces per minute ...... 70
Electric motor power, kW ........ 20
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4060
Width .................... 2150
Height ................... 1740
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 13100
STAN KO IMPORT
AUTOMATIC DOUBLE STROKE
OPEN DIE COLD HEADER
MODEL A 164
The automatic header is designed for upsetting bolt, rivet and screw heads,
as well as other parts with long shanks made of calibrated wire, in two con-
secutive strokes.
In selecting anfautomatic cold header, it should be borne in mind that a
single-stroke cold header can produce only parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 2 to 21/2 diameters of the
wire or rod used.
A double-stroke cold header can produce parts in which the length of ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 4% diameters of the
wire or rod. -
'A triple-stroke cold, header can produce parts in which the length cof ma-
terial required to form the upset head does not exceed 6 to 8 diameters of the
wire or rod.
Solid dies can be used only for parts with a shank length exceeding 8 dia-
meters of the wire or rod. For longer shanks open dies should be used.
All the operations performed by the header, such as wire or rod feed, cut-
ting-off and carrying-over the blank, upsetting the bolt or rivet head and
knocking-out the finished pieces are fully automatic and interconnected in a
single kinematic system.
The automatic cold header comprises the following principal units:-'auto-
matic stock feed; punch movement slide; cut-off and carry-over from feed line
to heading line; heading ram; knock-out.
The wire is fed intermittently by rollers through the-cut-off die up to the
stop controlling the length of the blank.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The rod is cut off and carried over to the heading line by the action of'the
The ram performs the upsetting operation in two consecutive strokes.
The dies are returned by spring action to the feeding line where the nea
blank ejects the finished piece.
The heading rain is driven by the crankshaft, while all the other mechanisinsr?
are actuated by the camshaft.
The camshaft is driven by the crankshaft through a pair of gears with a`-.
ratio of 1 to 2, i. o. the camshaft makes one revolution to two revolutions of the
crankshaft.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt.
A foot operated shoe-brake is provided for quickly stopping the machine.
Lubrication of the most important friction surfaces is effected from a cen-
tralized force-feed system by means of a pumping station.
. The header is equipped with safety devices which prevent overloading of
any of its mechanisms.
All external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The design of the machine ensures accessibility and simplicity of adjust-
The automatic cold header is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, one set of dies for 16 mm dia. stock, a set of V-belts, a set of wrenches,
the lubrication pumping station with piping and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum diameter of wire (mm)
with an ultimate strength of
60 kg/sq. mm . ........ 16
Maximum length of shank, mm ... 190
Minimum length of shank, mm .... 48
Maximum length of blank, mm .... 255
Minimum length ofeblank, mm..... 48
Maximum diameter of head, mm .. 31.3
Maximum height of head, mm . , 11
Number of strokes per minute ..... 112
Stroke of heading ram, mm ....... 250
Number of pieces per minute ...... 56
Electric motor power, kW ........ 28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 4690
Width .................... 2580
Height ................... 1850
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 20100
STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC HOT
AND COLD ROLLER HEADING MACHINE
MODEL A 148 A
This machine is designed for hot and cold stamping of roller blanks for roller
bearings.
In the process of operation, calibrated rod is fed intermittently by revolving
rollers up to the stop. The end of the rod protruding from the cutting die is cut
off by a shearing blade and is transferred to the heading line where it is forced
impact into the forming die. The approaching slide with a punch upsets the
blank into the shape of a taper roller. As the slide recedes to its rear position
the knock-outs push the roller out of the die.
The frame is a solid casting made of special grade cast iron. The frame is
designed so as to insure high accuracy of products manufactured on the heading
machine.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement.
The crankshaft is a high grade heat-treated. steel forging of ample-strength
and reliability in operation.
The heading slide is made of special grade cast iron. To ensure the required
accuracy of products made by the machine, the slide is provided with auxiliary
guides on the front part. To ensure alignment of the punch and die, the punch
can be adjusted both vertically and horizontally.
The clutch, of the double-disc friction type, is pneumatically operated and.
is combined with a band brake. The brake stops the slide in its extreme rear
position.
The air line,, mounted on the machine, supplies air from the shop, mains to
the clutch and brake.
To ensure constant air pressure, the air circuit is provided with a regulating
valve. Air distribution is effected by a special slide valve.
Lubrication of the principal friction surfaces is centralized.
The automatic roller heading machine is delivered complete with electric
motor, starting equipment and wiring, oil pumps and piping, air line mounted
STAN KOIM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
171
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
on the machine (including air conducting head, slide valve control and pressure '
regulating valve),, a set of wrenches, a set of dies and all the necessary teclmieal {
instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum diameter of roller for cold
heading with an ultimate strength
up to.75 kg/sq. mm, inches..... .
Maximum diameter of roller for hot
heading, inches ................
Maximum diameter of rod for cold
heading, mm ..................
Maximum diameter of rod for hot
heading, mm ..................
11laximum.length of blank transferred
to the heading die, mm.......... GO
Number of strokes per minute ..... 70
Electric motor power, kW ........ ?28
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length .................. 5190
Width .................... 2975
Height ................... 1570
S'TANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC HOT
AND COLD BALL HEADING MACHINE
MODEL A 148
The ball heading machine is designed for hot and cold stamping of ball
blanks for ball bearings.
In the process of operation, calibrated rod is fed intermittently by revolving
rollers up to the stop. The end of the rod protruding from the cutting die is
cut off by a shearing blade and transferred to the heading line where it is
forced by impact into the forming die. The approaching slide with a spring-
action punch upsets the blank into the shape of a ball. As the slide recedes
to its rear position, the knock-outs provided in the punch and die push the
ball out of the die.
The frame is a solid casting made of special grade cast iron. The frame is
designed to ensure high accuracy of products manufactured on the heading
machine.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement.
The crankshaft is a high grade heat-treated steel forgjng of ample strength
and reliability in operation.
The heading slide is made of special grade cast iron. To ensure the required
accuracy of products made by the machine, the slide is provided with auxiliary
guides on the front part. To keep the'blank in the spherical recess of the lower
die, the punch is set into a spring-mounted punch holder. To ensure alignment
of the punch and die, the 'punch can be adjusted both vertically and horizont-
ally. The knock-out is mounted in the head of the slide.
The clutch; of the double-disc friction type, is pneumatically operated and
Js combined with_a band brake. The brake stops. the slide in its extreme rear
position. ?
The air line, mounted on the machine, supplies air from the shop mains
to the clutch and brake. To ensure constant air pressure, the air circuit is
STANK.0IMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
provided with a regulating valve. Air distribution is effected by a special slide
valve.
Lubrication of the principal friction surfaces is centralized.
The automatic ball heading machine is delivered complete with electric
motor, starting equipment and wiring, oil pumps and piping, air line mounted
on the machine (including air conducting head, slide valve control and pressure
regulating valve), a set of wrenches, a set of dies and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum diameter of ball for cold
heading with an ultimate strength
up to 75 kg/sq.mm, inches ......
Minimum diameter of ball for cold
heading, inches ................
Maximum diameter' of ball for hot-
heading,--.inches ................
Minimum diameter of ball for hot
heading, inches .. ..
Maximum diameter of rod for cold
heading, mm ..................
Maximum diameter of rod for hot
heading, mm ..................
40-
1 1/g
Number of strokes per minute .....
70
Electric motor power
kW
40
.3/s
,
........
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
1000
2
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
5120
1 1/e
Width ....................
2975
Height ...................
1570
24.3
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 23740
-STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC BOLT HEAD TRIMMER
MODEL A 231 r
The automatic bolt head trimmer is designed for producing square or hex-
agonal bolt beads by trimming blanks previously upset on a cold header.
For bolts processed for thread rolling, the shanks can be extruded Simulta-
neously with the head trimming operation.
The trimmer can be used for extruding only on bolts not requiring head
trimming.
The bolt head trimmer comprises the following principal units: blade-type
hopper with guides; pushing feeder; manipulating feeder; trimming and ex-
truding mechanism; knock-out mechanism.
Bolt blanks are loaded in bulk into the hopper where a reciprocating blade
pushes the blanks toward the guides. The guiding device consists of two parallel
inclined bars along which the blanks slide by gravity toward the pushing feeder
where an escapement device singles out one blank and directs it into the push-
ing feeder. The hopper is equipped with a deflector which rights incorrectly
positioned blanks or returns them. to'the hopper.
As the pushing feeder. moves forward, the blank falls into a recess of the
carrier block and is carried over to the trimming line. Here the blank is gripped
by the manipulating feeder spring fingers and is positioned directly--in line
with the punch and die.
The blank, placed on the trimming line by the manipulating feeder, is
then pushed into the stationary punch.
In the process of being pushed in and before the head is trimmed,-the shank
passes through an extrusion die and is reduced to the size required for thread
rolling.
The bolt head is trimmed at the end of the gate stroke and is completed
at the moment when the movable die is near to the stationary punch.
STAN K01 MPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
After this the knock-out mechanism ejects the blank from the stationary
punch, through the hexagonal hole of the movable die and further through;-",
the gate into the finished prod
ct receptacle
u
Burrs, remaining after the head-trimming operation, are out off in the
process of ejection 'and fall down between the die and punch into a separate
receptacle.
The crankshaft is driven from an individual electric motor through a mul-
tiple V-belt arrangement running over the flywheel.
A foot-brake is provided for quickly stopping the flywheel.
For cooling and lubricating the working tools during shank extrusion and
head trimming operations, the machine is equipped with a gear pump supplying
the cooling and lubricating liquid.
The trimmer is equipped with a force-feed lubrication system operated by
a special mechanically driven pump.
The hopper mechanisms are driven through a sprocket from the crankshaft.
The automatic trimmer is delivered complete with the electrical equip-
ment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
Maximum diameter of bolt shank, mm
Maximum length of bolt shank, mm
Minimum length of bolt shank, mm
Minimum overall length of bolt, mm
Number of strokes per minute.... .
Stroke of gate, mm..... ...
Double strokes of hopper blade per
minute .......................
10
Deflector speed, r.p.m. ........
180
80
Electric motor power, kW ........
4.5
6
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
750
15
Overall dimensions, mm:
110
Length ...................
2900
105
Width ....................
1185
Height ...................
1800
66
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 4q50
STAN KO IM P0 RI
AUTOMATIC BOLT HEAD TRIMMER
MODEL A 233
The automatic bolt head trimmer is designed for producing square or hexa-
gonal bolt heads by trimming blanks previously upset on solid or split die
double stroke 12, 14 and 16 mm automatic cold headers.
For bolts processed for thread rolling, the shanks can be extruded simultan-
eously with the head trimming operation.
The trimmer can be used for extruding only, on bolts not requiring head
trimming.
The automatic bolt head trimmer can also be used for secondary upsetting
operations.
The bolt head trimmer comprises the following principal units: chain feed
hopper; pushing feeder; manipulating feeder; trimming and extruding mechan-
ism; knock-out mechanism.
Bolt blanks are loaded in bulk into the lower end of the conical hopper'
where a spiral cam agitates the blanks. Fingers, mounted on a chain, pass
through the slot in the bottom of the hopper and, extract the blanks, carrying
them to the upper part of'the lifting wheel. From here they slide by gravity
along an inclined chute to the pushing feeder.
As, the pushing feeder moves forward, the blank falls into a recess of the
carrier block and is carried over to the trimming line. Here the blank is gripped
by the manipulating feeder spring fingers and is positioned directly- in line
with the punch and die.
The blank, placed.on the trimming line by the manipulating feeder, is then
pushed into the stationary punch.
In the process of being pushed in and before the head is trimmed, the shank
passes through an extrusion die and is reduced to the size required for-thread
rolling.
STANKOIMPORT
177
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Stroke .of gate, mm.. ........
240
16
Electric motor power, kW ........
11.8
200
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
1000
Floor space, without chain hopper, mm:.
12
Length .......... . ......
4260
25
Width . ..
1820
16
200
150
25
10
175
Maximum height above floor level,
min 1970
Net weight without chain hopper, kg
approx. 13300
Hopper
Electric motor power, kW ........ 0.85
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
Length .:................. 3420
Width .................... 1360
Height above floor level, mm....... 2250
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 1630
STAN KO IMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The bolt head is trimmed at the end of the gate stroke and is '17
at the moment when the movable die is near to the stationary punch.
After this, the knock-out mechanism ejects the blank from the stationary
punch, through?the hexagonal hole of the movable die and further through
the gate into the finished product receptacle.
Burrs, remaining after the head trimming operation, are cut off in the
process of ejection and fall down between the die and punch into a separate
receptacle:
The drive, of the bolt head trimmer is through a multiple V-belt arrange-
ment from an individual electric motor mounted on an adjustable bracket.
The crankshaft actuates all the.mechanisms with the exception of the chain
feed hopper.
A foot-brake is provided for quickly stopping the flywheel.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. Forced-feed lubrication from
an oil pump is installed-for the most important friction surfaces while the other
stations are lubricated by hand.
For cooling and lubricating the'worlcing tools during extruding and head,
trimming operations, the trimmer is equipped with a special electric pump
supplying the cooling and lubricating liquid.
The chain of the hopper is driven by an'individual electric motor through
a variable speed gear box with a 1 to 3 ratio, and a two-speed gear reducing
unit.
The chain hopper, as well as the lifting wheel and the chute can be adjusted
for blanks of varying diameters and lengths.
The automatic bolt head trimmer and the chain hopper are safeguarded
against overloads by special safety devices.
The automatic bolt head trimmer is delivered complete with the electrical
equipment, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for
erection and maintenance.
Maximum diameter of bolt shank,
mm
Maximum length of bolt shank, mm
Minimum diameter of bolt shank,
mm
Minimum length of bolt shank, mm. .
Number of strokes per minute, for
shanks up to 150 mm in length-...
Number of strokes per minute, for
shanks over 150 mm in length... .
Maximum size of blanks, mm:
Diameter ...... ........
Length
Hopper capacity, cu. in ..........
Chain speed, m/min:
Maximum ...................
Minimum.. .
Chute- adjustment in height, mm.:..
AUTOMATIC
COLD NUT FORMING MACHINE
MODEL A 411
The nut forming machine is designed for producing finished 6 and 8 mm
nuts out of steel wire or rod without the need of any subsequent operations
(such as burring, chamfering, trimming, etc.) except threading.
The nuts are cold formed of calibrated rod in 5 operations:
1. Cutting off blank and transferring it to the second station;
2. Preliminary upsetting and chamfering.one face;
3. Upsetting from both sides to a barrel'shape and spotting of hole by two
conical center marks;
4. Upsetting the hexagonal form with inner and outer chamfers and pre-
liminary punching of the hole;
5. Piercing the hole and stripping the nut which drops into the finished
product receptacle.
Each operation is performed in one revolution of the crankshaft.
A finished nut is likewise obtained in one crankshaft revolution, as all of
the five operations are performed simultaneously.
In accordance with the operations performed the nut forming machine com-
prises the following principal units: gate; cut-off mechanism; transfer slide;
feeding and knock-out mechanism; gripping -mechanism for the 4-th station;
stripper.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
A foot brake is provided for quickly stopping the flywheel.
The working tools, at the fifth station, are cooled by means of a special
pump with a capacity of 6 litres per minute.
The lubricating system is of the centralized type and is actuated by a pump
with a capacity of 2.5 litres per minute. The pump is driven by an individual
electric motor.
The oil lubricating system is provided with a pressure relay ensuring de-
pendable lubrication of the machine. The main electric motor cannot be
switched on until the pressure in the oil circulating line reaches 2 atmospheres.
If the pressure falls during operation, the main electric motor is automatically
stopped.
The automatic mit forming machine is delivered complete with the elec-
trical equipment, one set of tools, a set of wrenches and all the necessary tech-
nical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum size of nut, mm ........
Minimum size of nut, mm ........
Maximum blank diameter, mm ....
Minimum blank diameter, mm ....
Maximum length of blank, min ...
Minimum length of blank, mm.....
Number of pieces per minute ......
Maximum crankshaft speed, r.p.m...
8
Stroke of gate, mm... ........
110
0
Electric motor power, kW ........
10
10
S
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
Overall dimensions, mm:
750
11.67
Length ...................
3260
9.7
Width ....................
1965
100
Height ...................
2300
100
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 11600
STANKOIMP0RT
AUTOMATIC
COLD NUT FORMING MACHINE
MODEL A 412
The nut forming machine is designed for producing finished 10 to 12 mm
nuts without the need of any subsequent operations (such as burring, cham-
fering, trimming, etc.) except threading.
The nuts are cold formed of calibrated steel rod in 5 operations:
1. Cutting off blank and transferring it to the second station;
2. Preliminary upsetting and chamfering one face;
3. Upsetting from both sides, to a barrel shape and spotting of hole by
two conical center marks;
4. Upsetting the hexagon form with inner and outer chamfers and pre-
liminary punching of the hole from both sides;
5. Piercing the hole and stripping the nut which drops into the finished
product receptacle.
Each operation is performed in one revolution of the crankshaft.
A finished nut is likewise obtained in each crankshaft revolution, ag`all of
the five operations are performed simultaneously.
In accordance with the operations performed, the nut forming machine
comprises the following principal units: drive; feeding mechanism; cut-off
mechanism; gate; transfer slide; stripper.
For quickly stopping the flywheel, the machine is equipped with a- brake.
The working tools, at the fifth station, are cooled by means of a special
pump with a capacity of 18 litres per minute.
The lubricating system is of the centralized type and is' actuated by two
pumps with a rocker arm drive from the pitman.
The pressure in the lubricating system is up to 75 atm.
The frame is of a box-section type and is made of high-quality cast iron.
STANKOIMP.ORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
All the external moving parts are enclosed by removable guards.
The automatic nut forming machine is delivered complete with the electrical,
equipment, one set of tools, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum size of nut, mm ........
Minimum size of nut, mm ........
Maximum blank diameter, mm ....
Minimum blank diameter, mm ....
Maximum length of blank, mm ...
Minimum length of blank, mm....
Number of pieces per minute ......
Maximum crankshaft speed, r.p.m. .
12
10
16
12
19.2
16.1
so
80
Stroke of gate, mm ............... 125
Electric motor power, ICIV ........ 20
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 750
Floor space, including feeding drum,
mm 6560X2610
Maximum height above floor level, .
mm 1740
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 18200
The nut forming machine is designed for producing finished nuts from rod
material without the need of subsequent operations (such as burring, cham-
fering, trimming, etc.) except threading. Nuts are cold-formed of calibrated
steel rod in 5 operations:
1. Cutting off blank to length and transferring it to the second station;
2. Preliminary upsetting and chamfering one face;
3. Upsetting from both sides to a barrel shape and spotting the hole by
two conical center marks;
4. Upsetting the hexagon form with inner and outer chamfers and pre-
liminary punching of the hole from both sides;
5. Piercing the hole and stripping the nut which drops into the finished
product receptacle.
A finished nut is'obtained in each revolution of the crankshaft.
In accordance with operations performed, the nut forming machine com-
prises: drive, feeding mechanism, gate, cut-off machine, transfer slide, stripper.
For quickly stopping the flywheel, the machine is equipped with a brake,
consisting of a pneumatic cylinder with piston and the brake-operating lever.
The drive is through a pneumatic disc-type friction clutch. To counteract
crankshaft inertia when the clutch is disengaged, the machine is equipped with
a band brake which is applied by spring action and is released by a pneumatic
device.
STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC
COLD NUT FORMING MACHINE
MODEL A 413
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
183
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Backward motion of the feeding rollers, during idle swinging of the clutdliy";_
link is prevented by means of a periodically-operating brake.
To counteract inertia forces and to decrease play and knock in the drive mechanism links, the overrunning clutch is equipped with a constant-action
brake.
The working tools, at the fifth station, are cooled by means of a special
coolant pump.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized lubrication is
from a vane-type oil pump and individual lubrication from a grease gun through
ball-type grease cups.
The friction clutch and brakes are controlled through an electromagnetically
operated air distributing mechanism.
To protect the gland packing of the electromagnetic air distributor valve,
as well as of the clutch starting and brake cylinders pistons, the entering com-
pressed air is moistened with atomized oil by means of an injection-type
lubricator.
The nut forming machine is delivered complete with electric motor, wiring,
lubricating equipment, air equipment with all the necessary valves and pressure
gauge, one set of tools, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instruc-
tions for installation and operation.
Maximum size of nut, mm ......... 16
Maximum blank diameter, mm .... 22
Maximum length of blank, mm ... 17.8
Stroke of gate, mm.. .. . 170
Number of pieces per minute (rated) 55 to65
Electric motor power, kW ........ 40
Electric motor speed, r?p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
Width .................... 3450
Length ..??...... 5240
Height above floor level, nim ..... 2395
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 42000
STANKOIMPORT
AUTOMATIC
CHAIN WELDING MACHINE
MODEL A 624 B
The machine is designed for welding single-butt links previously joined on
a chain bending machine.
Chains with gaps between link ends are fed continuously from the automatic
chain bending machine to the welding machine.
The chain welding machine welds the links that are in the vertical plane.
In order to weld` all the links, the chain is turned through an angle of 90?.
The chain welding machine performs the following operations: feeding the
chain; upsetting the links before welding'; welding'the links; pressing down
the flash after welding; removing the flash.
The electric control system permits continuous automatic operation, idle
runs and setting up operation.
Lubrication of principal friction surfaces is centralized from, station through
measuring feeders. The other points are lubricated individually-by hand with
a lubricating-gun through ball-type cups.
The automatic chain welding machine is delivered complete with electric
motor, starting equipment and -wiring, lubricating pump station with oil
piping, lubricating-gun, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical in-
structions for installations and operation.
STAN KOIM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
~ El
Lei
l 1 U
iot,
75
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Size of chains welded, mm ..... 13 to 17
Size of links welded, mm:
Maximum length ........... 78
Minimum length ........... 48
Maximum width ........... 60
Minimum width ........... 32
Camshaft speed, r.p.m............. 15
Electric motor poiver, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Welding transformer rating, kVA .. 75
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2210
R., to L .................... 3026
Maximum height above floor level,
'mm 2425
Net weight, kg .....:.... approx. 8020
AUTOMATIC
CHAIN MAKING MACHINE
MODEL A 615 B
The machine is intended for cold bending and joining chain links; of ca-
librated steel.
The links are;w,elded on a special automatic chain welding machine. -
The machine is driven from an individual electric motor through a V-belt
drive and a friction clutch.
The drive is equipped with a device for varying intermediate shaft
speed to control the number of links produced by the machine per minute.
The preliminary bending and cutting slides final bending slide, hold-down
mechanism and manipulating device are actuated by the camshaft.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. Centralized lubrication is
accomplished through measuring feeders by a grease pump station while indi=
vidual lubrication is effected by hand with a lubricating-gun through ball-
~ ~U
The automatic chain making machine is delivered complete with electric
motor;.grease pump station with piping, lubricating-gun, a set of wrenches and
he necessary technical instructions for'installation and operation.
all the'
The machine can be furnished, set up in accordance with the Buyers draw-
ings (within the capacity of the machine), at an extra cost.
STAN KO IM PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Maximum anchor chain size, nim
Minimum anchor chain size, mm
Maximum calibrated chain size, mni
Minimum calibrated chain size, min
Maximum length of blank, mm ....
Maximum size of links, mm:
Length ...................
Width ....................
Links per minute:
Maximum ................. 15
Minimum.. ........ 12
Electric motor power, kW ........ 14
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2550
R. to L.................... 2630
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1572
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 11820
AUTOMATIC WIRE -NAIL MACHINE
The automatic wire nail machine is designed for making building, tar-paper
and coat nails.
The machine comprises the following principal mechanisms: feeding mecha-
nism; straightener rolls; gripping mechanism; heading mechanism; pointing
and cut-off mechanism; stripper; ejector.
All these nail making operations are fully automatic and are interconnected
in a single kinematic system.
The frame comprises two parts: a cast-iron base on which is mounted a
horizontal cast steel frame. All these mechanisms and the drive are mounted
on the horizontal frame.
The drive is from-an individual electric motor which transmits power to
the crankshaft through a V-belt drive. The crankshaft actuates the heading
rain as well as the two side shafts through bevel gears having a 1 to 1 ratio.
All the other mechanisms are actuated by cams mounted on the side shafts.
The operations required to complete one nail are performed in one revolution
of the crankshaft.
The feeding mechanism serves to feed wire into the gripping dies. This
mechanism can be adjusted to the length of feed.
The straightener rolls straighten the wire before the latter passes into the
feeding mechanism. The wire is straightened by being subject to consecutive
bending in passing through five rolls. The rolls are not driven but are revolved
by the wire passing through them. The straightening force can be adjusted
by changing the distance between the rolls. -
STANKOIMPORT
ill,
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The gripping mechanism closes the split die during the heading o
er
tio
p
a
n
and opens it after the nail head has been formed. The die consists of t--
i
0 yn
`.t
metrical halves: a stationary and a movable die-half. The gripping mechanism
is kinematically interconnected with the movable part of the die
The heading mechanism obtains its reciprocating motion from a connecting
rod. The sliding ram is provided with a recess for a holder into which the
'heading tool is clamped. The holder and the heading tool are clamped and
adjusted by screws.
The distance between the heading tool and the die is regulated by an
adjusting nut.
The pointing and cut-off mechanism consists of two brackets on which
housings with slides are mounted. The slides are equipped with blades for
pointing and. cutting-off nails. The slides are reciprocated by pitmans actuated
by the side shaft dams.
The stripper is intended for knocking off nails which are held on a burr after
the pointing and cut-off operations. The stripper consists of a lever with a roll,
stripping lever with a knock-out bar and damper. The force of the stripper
blow is adjustable.
The ejector serves to push out nails which for some reason are still held on
a burr. The ejector consists of a strip held against the heading tool by a spring.
The machine is safeguarded against overloading by the transmission of the
flywheel torque to the crankshaft through a friction clutch which slips in
case of excessive load.
The automatic wire nail machine is delivered complete with the electrical
equipment and wiring, tools, V-belts, grease gun, oil-can, straightener rolls
and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Nail diameter, mm:
Maximum ................ 3
Minimum....... 1.8
Nail length, mm:
Maximum ................. 80
Minimum... ... 15
Ultimate strength of material, kg/sq.
95
Crankshaft speed, r.p.m....... mm 40
0
Number of pieces per minute ...... 400
Heading ram stroke, mm.......... 120
Electric motor power, kW ........ 2.8
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1750
R. to L ..................... 1215
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1238
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 1100
AUTOMATIC WIRE NAIL MACHINE
MODEL A 715
The automatic wire nail machine is designed for making building, tar-paper
and roofing nails out of coiled wire.
The machine comprises the following mechanisms: feeding mechanism;
straightener rolls; gripping mechaniism; heading mechanism; pointing and cut-
off mechanism; stripper; ejector.
All these nail-making operations are fully automatic and are interconnected
in a single kinematic system.
The frame is a steel casting. All the mechanisms and the drive are mounted
on the frame.
The drive is from an individual electric motor which transmits power
through a multiple V-belt to the flywheel mounted on the crankshaft. The
crankshaft actuates the heading ram, as well as two side shafts through bevel
gears having a 1 to 1 ratio. The cams actuating all the other mechanisms are
mounted on the side shafts. The operations required to complete one nail are
performed in 'one revolution of the crankshaft.
The feeding mechanism serves to feed wire into the gripping dies.-This
mechanism can be adjusted to the length of feed.
The straightener rolls straighten the wire before the latter passes into the
feeding mechanism. The rolls are not driven but are revolved by the wire
passing through them.
The gripping mechanism closes the split die during the heading operation
and opens it after the nail head has-been formed. The die consists, of two
symmetrical halves : a stationary and a movable die-half. The gripping mechan-
ism is kinematically interconnected with the.movable part of the the.
The heading mechanism obtains its reciprocating motion from the crank-
shaft through the sliding ram. The ram is provided with a recess for a holder,
into which the heading tools are clamped.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The pointing and cut-off mechanism consists of two brackets on which
housings with slides are mounted. The slides are equipped with blades for
nninF.n,n nn 1 -4Ct .,..:1.. Rll.- -1:J_- -- ----_ _ ,
actuated by the side shaft cams.
-rue effector serves to push out nails which for some reason are still held om?
a burr. The ejector consists of a lever held against the heading tool by a spring.
The machine is safeguarded against overloading by the transmission of the
flywheel torque to the crankshaft, through a friction clutch which will slip in
case of excessive loads.
The lubricating system is of a combined type using both grease and machine
oil. Lubrication is carried out by hand through a grease gun and an oil can.
The automatic wire nail machine is delivered complete with the electrical
equipment and wiring, tools, VV-belts, grease gun, oil can, straightener rolls
and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Nail diameter, mm:
Maximum ................. 6
Minimum......... , . 3.5
Nail length, mm:
Maximum ................. 200
Minimum...... 40
Number of pieces per minute ...... 200
Number of strokes per minute ..... 200
Electric motor power, kW ........ 10
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 2915
R. to L .................... 1838
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1390
Net weight, lcg .......... approx. 3700
STAN KO IMPORTI
AUTOMATIC FLAT
DIE THREAD ROLLING MACHINE
MODEL A 251 B
The machine is designed for rolling thread on bolt stems between flat dies
profiled in the form of a development of the helical threads.
Bolt blanks are charged into the hopper from which they are automatically
transferred to the thread rolling line, where they are carried along by the moving
die, rolled over the stationary die and fall into.a trough from which they are
periodically removed.
All the mechanisms are mounted on the frame which rests on a bed inclined
-to an angle of 300 to the horizontal.
The inclined position of the mechanisms and tools facilitates automatic
feed and considerably simplifies the design of the machine.
The stationary die is set into a die holder, the position of which, with respect
to the frame, can be adjusted in accordance with the type and size of bolt being
threaded. The reciprocating slide carries the *non-adjustable die.
The thread rolling machine is delivered complete with the automatic feeder
comprising the following parts: -
a) Blade-type hopper into which blanks are charged by hand. A recipro-
cating blade moves inside the hopper and-pushes' the blanks towards the guiding
device. The position of the hopper. is regulated in accordance with the size of
the bolts being threaded. - ,
b) Guiding devices consisting of two inclined strips over which the blanks
slide by gravity towards the feeding mechanism. A separating lever singles one
blank out of the procession of blanks and transfers it to the feeding mechanism.
S-TANKOIM.PORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
A deflector, mounted at the hopper outlet, rights incorrectly positioned"
blanks or returns them to the hopper.
All the mechanisms of the thread rolling machine are actuated by an inclj. ?,
vidual electric motor through a combination of V-belt, lever, carp and geiir :,
drives.
To prevent breakdowns in case of overloads, the machine is provided with'
safety devices mounted on the slide-driving and hopper mechanism shafts.
These devices ensure slipping at overloads.
The machine is controlled by a push-button station located on the frame
near the operator's position.
A coolant gear pump is provided for cooling the working tools.
Friction surfaces are centrally lubricated by a lubricating pump through
measuring feeders.
External moving parts are enclosed by guards.
The thread rolling machine is delivered complete with electric motor, start-
ing equipment and wiring, lubricating pump with piping and measuring
feeders, coolant pump, hopper, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
/Maximum diameter of rolled thread
(mm) for steel with a yield point of
80 kg/sq.mm .............. 6
Minimum diameter of rolled thread,
mm 4
Maximum length of bolt shank, m
m 60
Minimum length of bolt shank, mm 8
Maximum length of threaded portion,
m
40
Minimum length of threaded portion,
Double strokes of slide per minute 6
(rated production capacity) .. . . 140
Stroke of slide, mm ....... , 245
Maximum die height, mm ........ . . . 40
Maximum length of stationary die,
mm 110
Maximum length of moving die, mm 125
Double strokes of hopper blade per
minute .......... 41
Hopper capacity, cu. dm ......... 25
Deflector speed, r.p.m. ... 30
Electric motor power, kW ........ 2.8
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Coolant pump:
Speed, r.p.m ............... 700
Capacity, 1/min ............ 2.4
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 1410
Width .................... 1015
Height ................ 1400
Net weight with hopper, kg
STAN KOIMPO RI
AUTOMATIC FLAT
DIE THREAD. ROLLING MACHINE-
MODEL A 253 A
This machine is designed for rolling thread on bolt stems between flat dies,
profiled in the form of a development of the helical threads.
Bolt blanks are charged into the hopper from which they are automatically
transferred to the thread rolling line, where they are carried along by the moving
die, rolled over the stationary dieand fall into a trough from which they are
periodically removed. '
All, the mechanisms are mounted on the frame which rests on a bed inclined
to an angle of 30? to the. horizontal.
The inclined position of the mechanisms and tools facilitates automatic
feed and considerably simplifies the design of the machine.
The stationary die is set into a die holder, the position of which with respect
to the frame, can be adjusted in accordance with the type and size of -bolt
being threaded. The reciprocating slide carries the non-adjustable die.
The thread rolling machine is delivered complete with 'the automatic
feeder comprising the following parts:
a) Blade-type hopper into which blanks are loaded by hand. A reciprocating
blade moves inside the hopper and pushes the blanks towards the guiding
device. The position of the hopper is regulated in accordance with the size of
bolts being threaded.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
b) The guiding device consisting of two inclined strips over which the blanks.'.
slide by Lrriavity f;mvnrrle thn fnnrhnf. ? 1; .,:.,, A
luver singles one
blank out-of the procession of blanks and transfers-it to thefeeding mechanism.
A deflector, mounted at the hopper outlet, rights incorrectly positioned
blanks or returns them to the hopper.
AA the mechanisms of the thread rolling machine are'actuated by an indi-
vidual electric motor through a combination of V-belt, lever, cam and gear
drives.
To prevent breakdowns in case of overloads, the machine is provided with
safety devices mounted on the slide driving and hopper mechanism shafts.
These devices ensure slipping at overloads.
The machine is controlled by a push-button station located on the frame
near. the operator's position.
A coolant gear pump is provided for cooling the working tools.
Centralized lubrication is effected by a lubricator through,a system of oil
piping and oil cups.
External moving parts are enclosed by guards.
The thread rolling machine is delivered complete with electric motor, start-
ing equipment and wiring, lubricator with oil-piping, coolant pump, hopper,
a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection
and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum diameter of rolled thread
(mm) for steel with yield point of
80 kg/sq.mm .................. 12
Minimum diameter of rolled thread,
mm S
Maximum length of bolt shank, mm 120
Minimum length of bolt shank, mm 1S
Maximum length of threaded portion,
mm 60
Minimum length of threaded portion,
mm 18
Double strokes of slide per minute
(rated production capacity) ..... 85
Stroke of slide, mm ....... , 446
Maximum die height, mm ........ 65
Maximum length of stationary die,
mm 200
Maximum length of moving die, m
m 220
Double strokes of hopper blade per
minute .. .. 50
Hopper capacity, eu.dm 38
Deflector speed, r.p.m. ...... , 250
Electric motor power, kjV ........ 7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Coolant pump:
Speed, r.p.m ............... 920
Capacity, 1/min. ........... 3
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 2055
Width .................... 1290
Height ................... 1875
Net weight with hopper, kg approx. 2740
STAN KOIMPORT-
. AUTOMATIC CIRCULAR
DIE THREAD ROLLING MACHINE
MODEL 5933
The machine is designed for rolling Metric and English external threads
on various parts.
In operation, the blank is placed into a special centering device, between two
threaded rollers.
As the rollers approach each other, the developed radial pressure produces
a negative impression of the thread profile on the smooth surface of the blank
prepared for, threading. Tangential forces cause the blank to rotate forming
the thread impression over the entire perimeter of the blank. As the rollers
are gradually forced into the body of the blank a gradual displacement of the
blank material takes place.
In the process of thread rolling, plastic flow of the blank surface is produced,
causing bending of the external,fibres of material.
The machine can be used for rolling both right- and left-hand threads.
Stock feed is automatic.
The machine is driven from an individual electric motor through a multiple
V-belt arrangement.
The thread rolling machine is delivered complete with electric motor and
starting equipment, a set of change gears, a set of wrenches, work light lamp
STANKO1MPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
with step-dotim transformer, coolant pump, a set of cams for automatic arid
semi-automatic operation and all the necessary technical instructions for::.
erection and maintenance.
Threading rollers can be furnished on special order.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum diameter of rolled thread
(mm) for material with yield point
of 80 kg/sq.mm ............ 33
Minimum diameter of rolled thread,
mm 6
Maximum pitch of rolled thread, m
m 2.5
Maximum length of threaded por-
tion, mm 40
Number of spindles .. . , . . . 2
Number of spindle speeds . 6
Speed range of spindles, r.p.m. 40 to 260
Maximum distance between spindles,
Minimum distance between spindles, 150
mm 90
Movable slide travel, mm ......... 10
Movable slide feed range per revo.
lution of blank, mrn ..... 0,005 to 0.15
Maximum diameter of threading
roller, mm .................... 105
Minimum diameter of threading
roller, mm .................... 00
Electric motor power, kW ........ 2.8
Electric motor speed, r.p?m........ 1500
Overall dimensions, mm:`
Length ............... 1100
Width ........... 600
Height ................... 1095
Net, weight, leg .......... approx. 650
STAN KOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The shears are designed for cutting sheet and'sectional steel. They can be
mounted on a bench and used in metal cutting and repair shops, construction
sites, travelling maintenance shops, as well as for erection work.
The frame consists of a welded frame and two bars connected with bolts.
The bars serve as guides for the slide. The slide .is actuated by a lever drive.
The lever is fastened to the crankshaft which transmits motion to the slide.
The shears are delivered complete with a set of knives for cutting sheet and
strip steel.
A set of Imives for cutting steel sections can be furnished on special order.
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Maximum size of material cut (mm)
with an ultimate strength of
45 kg/sq
mm:
.
Round ....................
13
Square ...................
13
Bar .....................
SOX 7
Sheet ................. 6
Angle ............... 30X30X4
Maximum cuttin
for
k
6
g
ce,
g .......
000
Maximum effort on ]ever, kg ...... 65
Upper knife shear angle ......... 8?20'
Stroke of slide, mm ...
Lever rotation angle ............. 180?
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ................... 340
Width ........... ..... 145
Height ........?. 260
Net weight, kg ...... , approx. 30
ALLIGATOR POWER SHEARS
These shears are designed for cutting sheet, bar and structural section steel.
As the cutting of structural steel shapes is accompanied by distortion of the
flanges, the shears are primarily used for cutting scrap.
The frame is a steel casting. The longitudinal sides are stiffened by ribs
and connected by transverse sections and the base plate. Lugs are provided
in the upright column with bores for the jaw axle and the drive shafts. The left
side of the frame has a recess for fastening the lower Imife.
The jaw is a hollow steel casting with internal stiffening ribs. On the right
side of the jaw, a recess is provided for fastening the upper knife. Wear of the
jaw is taken up by ajusting wedges. Power is transmitted from the crankshaft
to the jaw by a pitman.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt to
the flywheel and then through a two-stage gear train to the crankshaft.
To protect the shears from accidental overloads, a frictional safety device
with clutch rings is arranged between the hub and the body of the flywheel.
Starting the shears is accomplished by a treadle through a system of levers
and a sliding key clutch. The construction of the clutch permits either single
strokes or continuous operation of the shears.
The brake is of the band-type. It acts periodically and serves to keep the
jaws in the open position.
The lubricating system is of a combined grease and oil type. Oil cups are
filled by a hand oil-can.
The electric, equipment consists of a protected type A. C. electrical motor,
starting'and protecting devices, as well as electric wiring enclosed in flexible
metal conduit.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of
knives, V-belts and wrenches, a grease-gun, oil-can and all the necessary in
structions for erection and maintenance.
STANKOIMP0RT
203
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Maximum size of material cut with an
ultimate strength of 45 lcg/sq.mm:
Round, mm ................ 63
Square, mm ............... 50
Flats, mm ............. 25X150
Channel ................. No. 18
I-beam ............ . No. 18
Angle, mm ........ 100 X 100 X 12
Pipe, mm 140X7
Length of knives, mm ............ 500
Number of strokes per minute... . . . 40
Electric motor power, 1c\V ........ 10
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B ..................... 2850
R. to L .................... 1285
Maximum height above floor level,
Net weight, lc nun 1300
g approx. 6000
STANKOIMPORT
ALLIGATOR POWER SHEARS
Alligator shears are designed for cutting, structural shapes, bats and sheet
metal. As the cutting is accompanied by deformation of the ffang , the machine
is used primarily for cutting scrap.
The frame is a. steel casting. The uprights are stiffened by nibs and connec-
ted together by side plates and the base plate. The uprights are provided with
lugs with bores for the jaw axle, drive-shaft, intermediate shaft and cram hail
bearings. The left side of the frame has a recess for mounting the lower ];rife.
The jaw is a hollow steel casting, with internal ` ribs. On the fight
side of the jaws a recess is provided for fastening the upper knife. Wear of the
jaw is taken up by adjusting wedges. Power is tra -i:mod from the cranksbaft
to the jaw by a pitman.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement to the flywheel and then through a two stage gear train to the
crankshaft.
To protect the shears from accidental overloads, a frictional safety device
with clutch rings is arranged between the hub and the body of the flywheel.
Starting the shears is effected by nn electromagnet actuated by a `treadle.
The electromagnet actuates the starting clutch The shears can be operated on
either single or continuous strokes. In addition to the treadle, tie shears.are
Provided with afoot switch which can beset in any required porit3on. The ;oo
switch is used when cutting large material.
The brake serves to keep the jaw: in the -open position. The brake ope.~tes
periodically and is of the band-type. Band tension- is related by a spr
The lubricating system is of a combined g,rea e and Oil type.
Grease lubrication is effected through individual ;e cups mounted on
the jaw axle; shaft and pitman bearings and on the clutch hub.
The control mechanism is lubricated with oil by a hand oil-ran.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The shears are delivered complete with electric equipment, a set of lnnives,
a set of V-belts, oil-can, socket wrench and all the necessary technical instruct-
ions for installation and operation.
Maximum size of material cut with an
ultimate strength of 45 kg/sq.mm:
Round, mm ............... 100
Square, mm ............ .. 90
Flats, mm ............. 22 X 500
Channel ................. No. 36
I-beam ................. No. 20
Angle ....... . ......... No. 20
Length of knives, min ............ 600
Number of strokes per minute ..... 22
Electric motor power, kWr ........ 14
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 3000
Overall dimensions, min:
Length ................... 3430
Width .................... 1560
Height ................... 1540
Net weight, kg ....... , approx. 10000
STAN KOIM PORT
SHEET METAL SHEARS
MODEL 11472
The shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutting of sheet
steel, brass, aluminium, etc. Cross butting is performed in one stroke of the
knife; slitting of sheets longer than 1600 mm is accomplished by a series of
consecutive cuts while moving the sheet along the table.
The frame is a welded construction made of steel plates. The side members
are connected together by angle-section girders. The table is bolted to the front
of the frame.
The flywheel and large gear are of cast iron while the small gear eccentric
shaft and flywheel shaft are steel forgings. The knives are made of.high-quality
tool steel.
The dri ~e' is from an individual electric, motor. Power is transmitted from
the electric motor to the flywheel through a multiple V-belt drive and. then
through a pair of gears to the eccentric shaft, which actuates the knife bar by
means of two pitman links. The drive is located in the lower part of the frame
to provide improved operating qualities.
The shears are engaged by a treadle which, through a system of tie-rods,
trips the rolling key type clutch. The main gear runs freely on the eccentric
shaft and, when the machine is put into operation, is connected with the eccen-
tric shaft by means of rolling keys of the clutch.
The shears are equipped with a special mechanism which permits either
single strokes or continuous operation.
The brake is of a band-type and is designed for periodical 'operation. It is
intended for counteracting inertia forces arising when the knife bar is on its
down stroke and for stopping the eccentric shaft in the extreme upper position.
STA:NKbIMPORT?
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
207
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The knife-bar performs the cutting operation. The upper knife and the hold-
down bar are mounted on the knife bar. The operation of the hold-do\til bar is
coordinated with the movement of the knife bar. The hold-down pressure is'
regulated by springs.
Lubrication is effected by a grease gun through individual grease cups.
The shears are delivered complete with electrical equipment and wiring, a set
of V-belts and all the necessary technical instructions for installation and
operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Maximum size of sheet cut (mm)
with an ultimate strength of
50 kg/sq. mm:
Thickness ................. 1.6
Width .................... 1000
Stroke of knife bar, mm .......... 50
Number of strokes per minute ..... 55
Upper knife shear angle ......... 1 ? 30'
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 1850
Cap or throat clearance,. mm ...... 100
Maximum width strip cut to back
gauge, mm .................... 500
Height of lower knife edge above
floor level, mm. ................. 000
Hold-down pressure, kg .......... 200
Stroke of hold-down device, mm 8
A. C. electric motor power, Irll' ..:. 1.0
A. C. electric motor speed, r.p.m. 3000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B ..............
...... 1445
H. to L.................... 2400
Height above floor level, mm ..... 1250
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 1000
STANKOIMPORT
SHEET METAL SHEARS
The sheet metal shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutt-
ing of sheet metal. Cross cutting is performed in one stroke of the knife; slitting
of sheets longer than 1600 mm is accomplished by a series of consecutive cuts
while moving the sheet along the table.
The frame members, right and left, as well as the table are made of welded
steel plates. The table is bolted to the frame.
The principal parts are made of the following materials: the flywheel and
the main gear are grey iron castings while the small gear, eccentric shaft and
flywheel shaft are steel forgings.
. The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the electric motor-through a V-belt drive to the flywheel and then through a
pair of gears to the eccentric shaft, which actuates the knife bar by means of
two pitman links.
The shears are engaged by a treadle, which actuates the rolling key clutch
through a system of tie-rods.
The main gear revolves freely on the eccentric shaft and in its working po-
sition is looked on the eccentric shaft by means of a rolling key of the -clutch.
The shears are equipped with a special mechanism which permits either
single strokes or continuous operation. -
The brake is of a hand-type. -
The knife bar performs the cutting operation. The upper knife and the
hold-down bar, operating in coordination with the cutting blade, are mounted
on the knife-bar. Downward pressure of the hold-down bar is controlled by
adjustable springs.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Lubrication of the friction surfaces is effected by means of a grease gun,
The knives are made of high quality tool steel.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment and .viring,
back gauge, side gauge, table extension, a set of knives, grease gun, a set of
V-belts and wrenches as well as all the necessary technical instructions for
erection and maintenance.
Maximum size of sheet (mm) with an
ultimate strength of 50 Icglsq. mm:
Thickness 2.5
Width ......... 1000
Maximum cutting force, t ......... 3.90
Number of strokes of knife bar, per
minute .... ........... 45
Stroke of knife bar, mm ........ . . 50
Upper knife shear angle ......... 1030'
Width clear between uprights, mm. . 1850
Cap or throat clearance, mm .. . .. . 250
Maximum width of strip cut to back
gauge, mm .. . . ... ,
Height of lower knife edge above floor
level, mm .
..... .
...
Electric motor power, kWV ... ,
Overall dimensions, mm:
.. , ,
1.7
.
Hei
ht
00
3
g
..................
.
3
1340
Net weight, leg .......... approx.
1700
STANKOIMPORT
SHEET METAL SHEARS
The shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutting of sheet
metal. Cross cutting is performed in one stroke of the knife; slitting of sheets
longer than 2000 mm is accomplished by series of consecutive cuts while mov-
ing the sheet along the table.
The frame is of welded construction and made of steel plates. The table is
bolted to the frame.
The principal parts are made. of the following materials: the flywheel and
main gear are grey-iron castings, while the eccentric shaft, small gear and. fly-
wheel shaft are steel forgings;
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Po*er is transmitted from
the electric motor to the flywheel through a pair of gears to, the eccentric shaft,
which actuates the knife bar by means of two pitman links.
The shears are engaged by a treadle situated along the front of the machine.
The treadle by means of limit switches actuates an electro-magnet which con-
trols the starting clutch.
The main gear revolves freely on the eccentric shaft and in its working
position is locked on the eccentric shaft by means of two rolling keys of the
clutch. One of the keys drives the eccentric shaft while the other prevents the
eccentric shaft from overrtuming the gear when the laiife bar is on its down
stroke.'
The, shears are equipped with a special mechanism which petniits either
single strokes or continuous operation.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The brake is of a band-type and is intended for continuous braking action
when the knife bar is on its down stroke. Brake-band tension is adjusted b
springs. Y
The lubricating system is of a combinedtype and comprises a centralized
hand-operated grease lubricating pump station and individual grease-cups
lubricated by a grease gun. The engagement mechanism is lubricated by ma.
chine oil from an oil-can.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment and wiring,
back gauge, side gauge, table extension, a set of knives, lubricating pump
station with feeders and piping, grease gun, oil-can, a set of V-belts and wren-
ches and all the necessary technical instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum silo of sheet cut (mm) with
an ultimate strength 50 kg/sq.mm:
Thickness ................. 6.3
Length . . .. . 2000
Allowable cutting force, kg ...... 19000
Number of strokes of knife bar per
minute ....................... 40
Stroke of knife bar, mm .......... So
Upper knife shear angle ......... 1056'
Width clear between uprights, mm. . 2250
Gap or throat clearance, mm....... 300
Maximum width of sheet cut to back
gauge, mm ....................
Height of lower knife edge above floor
level, nun . 800
Electric motor power, kWT . , 7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to 13 .................... 1970
U. to L.................... 2900
Height ........2175
Net weight, kg ..........approx. 4500
STANKOIMP0RT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
MODEL 11477
The shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutting of sheet
metal. Cross cutting is performed in one stroke of the knife; slitting of sheets
longer than 2000 mm is accomplished by a series of consecutive cuts while
moving the sheet along the table.
The shears find application in metal storage yards and in the shops of var-
ious works where sheet metal cutting is required.
The frame is a welded construction, made of steel plates. The side members
are connected by angles and by two box-section girders. The table is bolted to
the front of the frame.
The table is provided with extensions for slitting long sheets, side,-gauges
and "goose neck" swivelling rollers to facilitate feeding heavy sheet metal.-
The drive is from an individual 'electric motor through a multiple V-belt
to the flywheel and then through a two stage gear train to the eccentric shaft
which actuates the knife bar through two pitman links.
The shears are engaged by means? of an electro-magnet either-from a push-
button, switch, a stationary electric treadle or a movable electric foot switch
used in cutting large-sized sheets. The three types of starting devices are prov-
ided to ensure convenience in performing various cutting operations.
The main gear revolves freely 'on the eccentric shaft and in its working
position is locked on the eccentric shaft by means of two rolling keys-of the
clutch. One of the keys drives the eccentric shaft while the other prevents the
eccentric shaft from overrunning the gear when the knife bar is on its, down
stroke.
SHEET METAL SHEARS
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
SHEET METAL SHEARS
The shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutting of sheet
metal. Cross cutting is performed in one stroke of the knife; slitting of sheets
longer than 2000 mm is ,Iccomplished by a series of consecutive cuts while
moving the sheet along the table.
The shears find application in the shops of various works where sheet metal
cutting is required.
The frame is a welded construction, made of steel plates. The table is bolted
to the front of the frame and is provided with extensions for cutting long sheets,
side gauges, a. back gauge and "goose neck" swivelling rollers to facilitate feed-
ing heavy sheet metal.
The drive is from an individual electric motor mounted on the frame. Po-
wer is transmitted from the electric motor to the flywheel through a multiple
V-belt and then through two pairs of gears to the eccentric shaft which actuates
the knife bar by means of two pitman links.
.The shears are engaged by electro-magneteither from a push-button switch,
a stationary electric treadle or a movable electric foot switch used in cutting
large-sized sheets. The three types of starting devices are provided to ensure
convenience in perforrhing various cutting operations. The electro-magnet en-
gages the rolling key clutch.
The main gear revolves freely on the eccentric shaft and when the clutch
is engaged the gear is locked on the eccentric, shaft by means of two rolling
keys of the clutch. One of the keys drives the eccentric shaft while the other
prevents the eccentric shaft from over-running the gear when the knife bar is
on its down stroke.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The brake is of a band-type and is mounted on the right end of the eccen-
tric shaft. The brake is intended for counteracting inertia forces during the
down stroke. of the knife bar and for stopping it in the extreme upper position,
The knito bar performs the cutting operation. The upper knife is mounted
on the knife bar. The action of the hold-down device is coordinated with the
motion of the knife bar and is effected through cams on the eccentric shaft.
The lubricating system of the shears is of a combined type. Centralized
lubrication of the knife bar guides, hold-dowtiuns, eccentric shaft, intermediate
shaft and flywheel shaft bearings is effected by a hand-operated grease pump
station through measuring feeders. All the other friction surfaces are lubricated
by hand by means of grease gun.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment and wiring,
work light system with a step-down transformer, lubricating system, grease
gun, back gauge with vernier scale, table extensions with rollers,, side gauge,
a set of V-belts, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions
for erection and maintenance.
Maximum size, of sheet (mm) with an
ultimate strength of 50 kg/sq.mm:
Thickness ................. 16
Width . .. .... 2000
Number of strokes of upper bar per
minute ....................... 30
Stroke of knife bar, mm .......... 140
Upper knife shear angle ......... 3?15'
Width clear between uprights, mm.. 2360
Gap or throat clearance, mm ...... 400
Maximum width of sheet cut to back
gauge, mm ....................
H
i
h
f l
500
e
g
t o
ower knife edge above
floo
l
l
r
eve
, mm ... ......
S00
Electric motor power, kW ........
20
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........
3000
Overall dimensions, mm:
F. to B. ...................
2565
R. to L. ...................
3240
Height ..................
2350
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 10000
STANKOIMPORT
SHEET METAL SHEARS
MODEL H 349
The shears are designed for straight line slitting and cross cutting of sheet
materials made of steel, non-ferrous metals and their alloys. Cross cutting is
accomplished in one stroke of the blade; slitting of sheets longer than 2000 in
is accomplished by a series of consecutive cuts while moving the sheet along
the table.
The frame comprises two uprights held together by two crosspieces and
the table. The lower stationary knife is mounted on the table.
The drive is from an individual electric motor mounted on the frame. Po-
wer is transmitted from the electric motor to the eccentric shaft through a two-
stage gear reducing unit and a pair of gears. A flywheel mounted on the shaft
between the electric motor and the gear reducing unit ensures smooth operation
of the machine in the process of cutting.
The shears are engaged either by an electro-magnet actuated from a. push-
button or by a treadle through a system of tie-rods. The electro-magnet and
the tie-rods actuate the claw clutch mounted on the left end of the eccentric
shaft.
The band brake is mounted on the right-hand end of the eccentric shaft
and is intended, for counteracting inertia forces arising when the knife bar is
on its down stroke and for stopping it in its upper position. The tension of-the
band brake is regulated by a spring.
The knife bar is actuated by the eccentric shaft by means of two pitman
links. The knife bar on which the upper knife is mounted performs the cutting
operation.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
217
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
u?
I I4f
fn.
The hold-down bar is intended for holding down the sheet during,the cutt-
ing operation. Operation of the hold-down bar is coordinated with the move.
ment of the knife bar. The hold-down bar and the knife bar are fitted with
damper springs which ensure smooth operation of the shears without jerks or
'impacts, .
The shears are protected from overloads by a friction-type safety device.
The lubricating system is of a combined type. The eccentric shaft and pit-
man link bearings, knife bar guides and hold-down bar are lubricated by a
hand-operated grease pumping station through measuring feeders. The other
friction surfaces are lubricated by a grease gun through individual grease cups.
The gear reducing unit and -the large gear are lubricated by oil poured into
their casings.
The shears are delivered complete with an electric motor, starting and pro-
tecting equipment centralized lubricating station with piping and measuring
feeders, grease gun, back gauge, gear reducing unit, a set of knives, a set of
wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions for installation and
operation.
Maximum size of sheet cut (mm)
with an ultimate strength of
50 kg/sq. mm:
Thickness ..........,
Length ..
Upper knife shear angle .. , , , , , , ..
Stroke of upper knife, min . . ......
SPECIFICATION'S
Number of strokes per minute. , .
Width between uprights, mm .....
2200
20
Gap or throat clearance, mm ......
500
2000
Electric motor power, MIT .. , , . , . ,
40
3 030'
184
Electric motor speed, r,p.m........
1000
Net weight, kg ......... approx. 20000
STAN- K01 M PORT
REINFORCEMENT BAR. SHEARS
The reinforcement bar shears are used on construction sites for cutting
concrete reinforcement bars. They can also be used in metal storage yards for
cutting round, square and bar steel and small angle stock.
For convenience the shears are mounted on wheels so as to be easily trans-
ported to the place of work.
The frame is a single column welded construction, made of steel plates and
stiffened by ribs.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through a multiple V-belt
arrangement to the flywheel and then to the eccentric shaft through a pair of
gear's.
The slide is actuated through a pitman by the. eccentric shaft. The. clearance
is adjusted and the slide play is taken up by means of adjustable liners.
The shears are started by a hand-lever. The construction of the shears per-
mits either single strokes or continuous. Operation.'
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment, starting,
and protecting devices, electric wiring, a set of V-belts, hold-down device; a set
.of lunives, lubricating equipment and all the necessary technical instructions
for erection and maintenance.
STAN`KOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
219
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 3000
Floor space; mm:
F. to B .................... 1195
R. to L .................... 720
Maximum height above floor level,
III", ........................... 1200
Net weight, lrg .......... approx., 4S5
STANKOIMPORT
COMBINATION PUNCH, SHEARS
AND BAR CUTTER
MODEL C 229 A
The shears are designed for cutting structural steel of various profiles, for
notching angle, I-beam, flats and sheet metal, as ,for punching holes-and
stamping small parts of mild steel. - '
The shears are portable and simple in operation. They are used in metal
storage yards and in preliminary machining departments of structural, steel
workshops.
The shears comprise the following principal units: frame, shears, punching
press, drive.
The frame is `welded of steel plates and on it the principal units are nibunte .
The shears for cutting sheet and profile sections are mounted on the right
hand side of the frame. One of the principal parts of this mechanism is the ram.
The upper part of the ram has an opening n -which a a slert witthe bonze
bushing is mounted. The middle part provided
steel shearing blade; The.upper blade for cutting sheet metal is fastened in-the
lower part.
STANKOIMPORT
Maximum size of material cut (mm) with an
ultimate strength of 45 kg/sq.mm:
32-
Round ....................
2S
Square ... ...............
Bar .................... 1SX60
Length of knives, mm ............ 120
Number of strokes per minute...... . 45
Electric motor power, kW ........ 1.7
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
Atthe side adjacentto the ram, the cover is provided with arecess for mounting
the lower blade of the section steel shears and the pointer holder. A hold-down
device for sheet metal is mounted on the outside-of the cover, at the lower edge.
The hold-down device comprises a sprocket and a stop. A similar device in-
tended for holding section steel materials is mounted on the right-hand side
of the ram.
The punching press and notching device are located at the left-hand side
of the frame. In a vertical slot in the frame is mounted the punching ram with
cylindrical spiral spring, wedge knife holder, punch holder and bushing.
On the projecting part of the ram the holder and the upper notching tool
are mounted. The lower notching tool, consisting of two halves, is mounted on
plates welded to the frame and to the slide cover. The stripper, fastened to the
cover and the frame, is mounted in the lower part of the ram.
A bolster plate is fastened to the punch table.
The drive is from an individual electric motor. Power is transmitted from
the electric motor through a multiple V-belt drive to the flywheel mounted on
the driving shaft. The latter transmits power through a gear train to the driving
gears of the shearing mechanism and the punching press.
The shears are started by a claw clutch, which is engaged by a combined
system of levers and cams.
The starting mechanism of the punching press is identical to the above.
The driving shaft, ram king pin, idler gear stud, shear and punch eccentric
shafts and claw clutches are grease lubricated through grease cups. The other
friction surfaces are lubricated with machine oil through ball-type oil-cups
filled with an oil-gun.
The shears are delivered complete with an electric motor, starting equipment
and wiring, gear guards, lubricating equipment, a set of V-belts, a set of blades
for cutting square, round, channel and angle stock, punching and notching tools
and all the necessary technical instructions for installation and operation.
Maximum size of material cut:
Sheet, mm .............. 13
Flats, mm .............. 20 X 40
Length of cut, mm ......... 125
Angle, mm ............ 90X10
Round, mm .......... .. 40
Square, mm ........... .. 32
Channel ................ No. 12
Maximum. diameter of hole punched
in 15 mm sheet, mm ......... 20
Maximum diameter of hole punched
in 20 mm sheet, mm ........... 15
Notching device:
1-beam or angle, mm ..... 65X 10
Channel ........... Nos. 6.5-14
Number of strokes per minute ..... 35
Stroke of ram, mm ........... .. 28
Flywheel speed, r.p.m. ....... ,1050
Electric motor power, kW ........ 1?.7
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 3000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ....................1595
Width .................... 610
Height 1526
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 1210
STANKOIMPORT
COMBINATION SHEARS
AND BAR CUTTER
11I0DEL 11514
The shears are designed, for cutting sheet, sectional and structural shape
steel.
The shears find application in forge and repair shops and in structural steel
shops. The machine requires but a small floor space.
The shears are adapted for operation by unskilled workers. Their con-
struction is simple and reliable in operation. No complicated adjustments or
set-ups are required..
The combination shears comprise two machines: one for sheet metal and
the other for profile sections.
Both machines are mounted on a common frame and have a confmon drive.
Both are started by the same lever, so that work can be carried out 'simul-
taneously on two machines.
The frame is a single column welded construction. It consists of a steel
plate strengthened by ribs, an auxiliary plate and a rear cover.
STANKOIMPORT
223
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The slide of the sheet and profile sectional shears is located between the
main plate and the rear cover.
The drive is from an individual motor through a multiple V-belt arrange-
ment to the flywheel and then through a two-stage gear train to the eccentric
shaft.
The slide of the sheet and profile section shears is driven by a pitman con-
nected to the eccentric shaft. A recess is provided in the slide for setting up the
cutting knives.
The control is through a lever mechanism. The system of control permits
either single strokes or continuous automatic operation.
To prevent slippage of the metal during cutting, the shears are equipped
with hold-clowns dampers.
The lubricating system is of a combined grease and oil type. Greasing is
carried out with a grease gun, oiling by a hand oil-can through special oil holes
provided.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment, a set of
knives and V-belts, a grease gun, an oil-can and all the necessary technical in-
structions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum size of the metal cut with an
ultimate strength of 45kg/sq.mm:
Sheet metal shears, mm:
Sheet thickness ............ 16
Bar section ............ 150X16
Profile section shears:
Round, mm ............... 60
Square, mm ............... 50
Angle, straight cut,
mm............. 120 X 120 X 12
1-beam, straight cut
Nos. 5 to 20a
Channel, straight cut
Nos. 5 to 22a
Angle, at 450, mm ..100X100XIO
Number of strokes per minute ....... 27
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 3000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 1700
R. to L ......... .... .... 650
Maximum height above floor level,
mni 17,10
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 2045
COMBINATION PUNCH, SHEARS
AND BAR CUTTER
MODEL ILI 633
The shears are designed for cutting sheet, sectional and structural shape
steel, as well as for punching holes.
In addition to punching the press is adapted for notching operations.
The combination punch and shears can be used in forge shops and, due to
their universal nature, small floor space required and variety of operations
performed, they are also an indispensable unit of equipment for repair; and
structural steel shops.- -
The shears are adapted for operation by unskilled. workers. Their construe-
tion is simple and reliable and no complicated adjustments or set-ups, are
required.
The combination punch and shears comprise three machines: sheet metal
shears, shears for profile sections and punching press.
All the three mechanisms are mounted on a common frame and have a
common drive.
The punching press can be operated separately while the two types of
shears can operate together.
Each revolution of the eccentric shaft actuates all the three mechanisms.
STAN KOI-M PORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The kinematic system is so arranged that the operation of the punching press:
does not coincide with the operation of the two shears which work concur-?;
rently.
The frame is a single column welded construction. Slide control for tho
shears is effected by a lever system. They can be also set for continuous ope-.':..
ration.
The punching press is equipped with two types of control: by a hand leve
and by a treadle. Each type operates independently.,
A centering device is provided for accurate hole-punching.
To prevent metal slippage during cutting, hand operated hold-downs are
provided. They are operated by spiral gearing on the sectional metal shear& -
and by a screw drive on the sheet metal shears. ;.,
To prevent slippage when cutting at a miter angle, a stop is provided whuchIV
can be moved to the required position and clamped by a screw.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment and starting
devices, one set of universal knives for cutting round, square and angle stock; li i;,
one set of knives for cutting sheet metal and all the necessary technical in-
structions for erection and maintenance.
Special knives for cutting I-beams and channels can be furnished on special
order. ..
Sheet Metal Shears
Maximum thickness of sheet metal,
mm 16
Maximjim bar section, mm ... , ? 150X 16
Punching Press
Maximum hole diameter in punching
16 mm sheet, mm .. .. , . 27
Maximum hole diameter in punching
20 mm sheet, mm .............. 22
Holes punched in:
I-beam webs........Nos. 10 to 30
Channel webs ...... Nos. 10 to 30
I-beam flanges ..... Nos. 10 to 22
Channel flanges .....'Nos. 5 to 16
Depth of throat, mm ............. 500
Sectional Metal Shears
Maximum size-of metal cut:
Round, mm ............. 55
Square, mm ............... 45
Angle, straight cut,
mm ............. 100X10OX12
Angle, at 45 ? miter,
mm.. . S0XSOX10
I-beam, straight cut:
(special knives) ........ , , No, .20
Channel, straight cut:
(special knives) ... , ..... No, 18
Number of strokes per minute (for all
the units) .....................
27
Electric motor power, kW ........
4.5
Electric motor speed, r.p,m........
3000
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ......... ......
1800
Width .....................
650
Height ..............?.....
2050
Net weight, kg .. , .... , .. approx. 2500
Note: Ultimate strength of the material
cut - 45 kg/sq. mm.
COMBINATION PUNCH,'SHEARS
AND BAR CUTTER
MODEL II 635'
The shears are designed for cutting sheet, structural and section steel as
well as for punching holes. In addition to hole punching, the punching press
mechanism can be used for blanking.
The shears can be used in forge and stamping, structural steel and repair
shops. Due to their universal application and limited floor space required,
the machine can be installed at any place in the shop.,
The shears comprise three machines: sheet metal shears, shears for, cutting
structural profiles and a punching press. All the three machines are mounted
on a common frame and have a common drive. The punching press design also
permits the installation of a notching device.
The frame is of a single-column type. It is welded of steel- plates and is stif-
fened by cover plates and ribs.
The drive is from an individual electric motor through multiple V-belts to
the flywheel and then through a two-stage gear train to the eccentric shaft.
The rain of the shears for structural. profiles is actuated by a pitman mounted
on the eccentric shaft; the eccentric cam and the ram of the,sheetmetal shears
are driven through an additional tie-rod.
The punching press ram is driven by a pitman combined with a swinging
counterweight.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The machine mechanisms can be started separately.. A single revolution"'
the crankshaft operates all the three machines, but the (cinematic system'isa,-~
so designed that the working cycle of the punching press does not coineido
with the working cycle of the shears.
Engagement ]mechanism of the structural profile and sheet metal shears:.
is of a combined treadle and lever type.
The engaging mechanism of the punching press is operated either by a hand-.
lever or by a treadle through a system of tie-rods. Each *system of control;:::;'
operates independently.
The centering device ensures accurate location of punched holes.
To reliably clamp material when cutting structural shapes and sheet meta the shears are equipped with adjustable hold-downs operated by hand through"'..'_
a helical gear drive.
The lubricating system is of a combined grease and oil type. The eccentric
shaft journals, ram guides, counter-balancing device and punching press-guides
are grease lubricated through ball-type grease cups. The other friction surfaces-
are lubricated with an oil-can.
The shears are delivered complete with electric equipment, a set of blades
for cutting angle, round and square bars, a set of blades for cutting- sheet metal,
lubricating equipment, a set of V-belts, centering device and all the necessary ;
technical instructions for installation and operation.
Sheet Metal Shears
Maximum thickness of sheet cut, mm 25
Maximum section of flats cut, mm 160 X 30
Length of blade, mm .. . ....... 350
Stroke of blade, mm ...... . ....... 40.5
Structural Shape Shears
Round, mm .......... B5
Square, mm 55
Angle, straight cut, mm.. 150X150X18
Angle, at miter angle of 45?, mm
With special blades: 11OX11OX14
Maximum angle, straight cut, mm
Maximum angle, at miter angle o8fOX18
45?, mm ............... 130X130X14
Maximum I-beam ... . . . ....... No. 30a
I. "I
ximum channel .......... . . . No. 30a
Ma
Punching Press
Diameter of hole in 25 mm sheets,
mm
35
Diameter of hole in 30 mm sheets,
min
30
Stroke of slide, mm . . ... . .... . ...
38
Gap, mm.. ...... ........
600
Number of strokes per minute .....
30
Electric motor power, k\V . . ......
7
Electric motor speed, r.p,m........
1500
Overall dimensions, mm:
Length ...................
2450
Width ....................
1000
Height ...................
2400
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 4700
'Note: Ultimate strength of material cut,
- 45 kg/sq.mm
STANKOIMPORT
?
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
BLANKING SHEARS
The shears are designed for straight line and profile blanking of sheet metal
on either an external or internal outline, as well as for flanging and, fluting
operations. The shears can also be used for working cardboard, pressboard,
vulcanized rubber and other similar materials.. This renders the shears appli-
cable in various branches of industry. -
The frame is a welded box-type construction made of steel plates. and stif-
fened by-internal ribs. The frame supports a table to which stationary working
tools-are fastened. The frame is provided with guides for the centering device
slide.
The drive is effected from an individual electric motor to the eccentrid shaft
pulley through a multiple V-belt drive. The eccentric. shaft actuates-the slide
through a pitman.
The slide is provided with a stroke adjustment device. Adjustment is-car-
ried out by varying the eccentricity by means of a special bushing mounted on
the eccentric shaft and moved by-a handwheel. The adjustment can be made
while the machine is running. The blanking and piercing. tools are mounted on
the slide.
1 STANKOIMPOR.T
229
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The space is adjusted by changing the pitman length by means of a scr`eiv
with a spherical heel. This adjustment can also be carried out while the shears' ,
are in operation. j,..,
The centering device is applied in straight line cutting as well as for blank
ing out discs or rings.
The stripper and hold-down device serves to hold down the work in the.?
The lubricating, system is of a combined type. The slide guides and tho u'J
roller bearing are lubricated by grease through ball-type grease cups. The ec-
centric shaft bearings are lubricated by machine oil.
The shears are delivered complete with the electrical equipment and wiring
in flexible metal conduit, grease gun, oil-can, centering and hold-down devices,
a set of V-belts, a set of working tools and all the necessary technical
instructions for erection and maintenance.
Maximum thickness of material cut
(mm) with an ultimate strength of
45 kg/sq. mm ...... ..... .... 4
Number of strokes of upper knife
per minute:
Maximum ................. 1200
Minimum.. .... 850
Maximum stroke of knife, mm ..... 7
Pitman adjustment, mm . .. 50
Distance from center of slide to
frame, mm .................... 1050
Electric motor power, MV . . ...... 2.8
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1500
Floor space, mm:
F. to B . .................. 1800
R. to L .................... 029
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1994
Net weight without auxiliary devices,
kg ...................approx. 990
STA'NKOIMPORT
BLANKING SHEARS
The shears are designed for straight and profile blanking of sheet metal on
either internal or external outline, as well as for flanging and fluting operations.
The shears can also be used for cutting cardboard, pressboard, vulcanized
rubber and other similar materials. This renders the shears applicable in var-
ious branches of industry.
The frame is a welded box-type construction made of steel plates and stif-
fened by internal ribs. The frame supports a table, to which stationary working
tools are fastened. The frame is provided with guides for the centering -device
slide.
The'drive is effected from an individual electric motor through a multiple
V-belt drive to the eccentric shaft pulley. The eccentric 'shaft actuates the slide
through a pitman. -
The slide is equipped with a stroke adjustment device. Adjustment is car-
ried out by, varying the eccentricity by means of a special bushing mounted on
the eccentric shaft and moved by a handtivheel..
The blanking and piercing tools are mounted on the slide.
Die space is adjusted by changing the pitman length by means of- a screw
with a spherical heel.
The centering device is used for straight line cutting, as well as for blinking
out discs and rings., The frame of the device is welded of steel plates.
The stripper and hold-down device serves to hold down the work-in the
course of blanking out or piercing.
STANKOIMPORT
.181
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
The slide guides and the roller bearing are lubricated with grease tlirougli'`:,
ball-type grease cups replenished by a grease gun. The eccentric shaft bearing.
are lubricated by machine oil. The shears are delivered complete with electrical equipment and wiring in..
flexible metal conduit, grease gun, oil-can, centering and hold-down devices;,
a set of V-belts, a set of working tools and all the necessary technical instruct=.,,
ions for erection and operation.
Maximum thickness of material cut
(mm) with an ultimate strength of
45 kg/sq. mm ................... . 0.3
Number of strokes of upper lcnife
per minute:
Maximum ................... 800
Minimum .................. 510
Maximum stroke of lcnife, mm..... 10
Pitman adjustment, mm .........'. 50
Distance from center of slide to
frame, mm ............... .. 1200
Gap of circular cutting device, mm. 2150
Maximum diameter of cut out circle,
mm 3000
1i
Electric motor power, kW ........ 4:5'
Electric motor-speed, r.p.m........ 1500'
Floor space, mm: 'f .
F. to B ........... ...... 5830--
R. to L ................... 070?.
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 2385..?,
Net weight without auxiliary devices,
kg ................... approx. 1870
Net weight of auxiliary devices, kg
approx. 1290-
Total net weight, kg...... approx. 3100 st
MODEL H 400
The shears are designed for longitudinal cold slitting of rolled steel, brass,
bronze or aluminium strip. The 'shears can be applied in cold rolled strip manu-
facturing shops and in blank preparation departments of cold stamping shops.
The shears comprise the following principal units: cutting mechanism with
guiding device, winding mechanism, drive, V-belt drive reducing gear unit with
variable speed regulation, unwinding device, reel lifting device. -
The frame is of, welded design and is made of steel, plates. The cutting
mechanism, drive, guiding device andwin'ding mechanism bracket are mounted.
on the frame.
The disc cutters. are mounted on the upper and lower disc shafts. Disc
clamping design ensures rapid change of disc cutters. The cutters are: made of
high quality tool steel and -can be repeatedly reground in the course of operation.
The disc cutter shafts are removable, due'to which the time required to set
up the shears for cutting a different size of strips is considerably decreased.
Center to center distance-between the disc cutter shafts is adjusted by mov-
ing the upper shaft with the aid of a handwheel operated screw, mechanism.
Set up for cutting strips of another width is effected by replacing' the disc
cutter shafts by another pair of shafts with a previously mounted set of pro-
perly spaced disc cutters.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043ROO1800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The guiding device is mounted on a welded bracket bolted to the frame.
is intended for proper positioning of the out strip between cutters. ,
The winding mechanism is mounted on a box, comprising two welded
brackets connected by spacing studs. The box is bolted to the frame and its .
free end is supported by a stay.
The cut strips are wound on two receiver drums.
The drive is from an individual electric motor which, in addition to the
cutting mechanism, also actuated the winding mechanism.
Power is transmitted from the electric motor through a V-belt speed
variator to the disc cutter shafts and winding mechanism.
The V-belt speed variator provides for speed regulation by changing the
transmission ratio between the driving and driven pulleys.
The variator is equipped with a scale of speeds for setting up the required
cutting speed.
The unwinding device comprises a mechanism with a taper drum arrange-
ment for gripping reels. The clamping device is operated by a handwheel.
To ensure constant tension of the strip, the unwinding device is equipped
with a brake.
The lubricating system is of a combined oil and grease type. Grease is in-
jected by a grease gun through ball-type grease cups. Oil lubrication is accom-
plished with the aid of an oil-can.
The shears are delivered complete with the cutting, guiding, winding and
unwinding mechanism, reel lifting device, electric motors, starting equipment
and wiring, a set of disc cutters for one size of strip, winding reels, a set of
V-belts, V-belt speed variator and all the necessary technical instructions for
installation and operation.
The machine is delivered with a set of tools for cutting 300 mm strip into
20 strips 15 mm in width.
Maximum ultimate strength of
material cut - 150 kg/sq.mm
Thickness of strip cut, mm:
Maximum ................. 0.5
A'Iinimum.................. 0.03
Maximum width of strip cut, mm... 300
Maximum weight of reel, lcg....... 80
Maximum diameter of reel, mm.... 500
Minimum width of strip cut. mm... 4
Cutting speed, m/see:
Maximum .............. 0.28
Minimum .................. 0.14
Electric motor power (two motors),
16V .......................... 1
Electric motor speed, r.p.m........ 1000
Floor space, mm:
F. to B .................... 3430
R.to L .................... 1480
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 12,00
Net weight, kg .......... approx. 860
STANKOIMPORT
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
The shears are designed for longitudinal cold slitting of rolled steel, brass,
bronze or aluminium strip.
The shears comprise the following principal units: unwinder for wide sheet
material, unwinder for narrow strip reels of small inside diameter, pneumatic
knife for transverse cutting of strip, scrap breaker, cutting mechanism - disc
shears, winding mechanism - receiver drum with take-off device.
The drive is effective from an individual electric motor through a two-stage
gear reducing unit and a gear box. Center to center distance between the
cutting disc shafts is adjusted simultaneously for all the paired discs by raising
or lowering the upper shaft with the aid of a handwheel operated mechanism.
Disc adjustment in axial direction for setting up to out any desired width
of strip, is accomplished with the aid of spacer collars.
Disc cutters are made of high-quality tool steel and can be repeatedly
reground in the course of operation.
Disc cutter shafts are removable, due to which the time required to set up
the shears for cutting different size of strip is considerably decreased.
The scrap breaker is intended to facilitate removal of,the cut-off edges
of strip.
The scrap breaker is driven from an individual electric motor through a
one-stage gear reducing unit. If the cut-off edges of the strip wind up on the
receiver drum, the scrap breaker does not operate.
The pneumatic knife for transverse cutting serves to trim the strip before
it is fed into the machine, as well as for cutting the strip in any other inter-
mediate position. The upper slanting knife is stationary, the lower knife is
movable and is actuated by a pneumatic cylinder.
The receiver drum, designed for winding up the cut strip, is driven by an
individual electric motor through a two-speed gear reducing unit. The drum
ROTARY GANG-SLITTING SHEARS
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
is fitted with a friction device which ensures slipping of the drum as the reel
diameter increases. The friction device maintains constant tension of the.
wound strip. In addition the drum is equipped with a pneumatic device for
waking off wound reels.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: by a grease gun through
ball-type grease cups and by splash-lubrication of oil poured into the gear
reducing unit casings.
- The disc shears are delivered complete with all the above units, electric
equipment, grease gun, oil-can, a set of disc cutters, a set of wrenches and
screw drivers, a set of spare parts and a set of all the necessary technical'
manuals for erection and maintenance.
Maximum ultimate strength of
material cut - 120 kg/sq.mm
Thickness of strip cut, mm:
Maximum ................. 1.5
Minimum.................. 0.2
Width of stock to be cut, mm:
Maximum ................. 800
Minimum .................. 50
-Width of strip cut, mm:
Maximum .................. 800
Minimum.. ....... 4
Weight of reel cut, kg ............ 1500
Weight of strip cut on receiver drum,
1500
Maximum outside diameter of stock
reel, mm .... .. 1200
Inside diameter of stock reel, mm:
Maximum ............. 500
Minimum .............. 30 to 100
Minimum inside diameter of cut strip
reel, mm . 400
Outside diameter of disc cutter, mm:
Maximum ...... :.......... 210
Minimum................... 180
Cutting speeds, m/min ......... 10-20
Number of simultaneous cuts ..... 12
Main electric motor power, kW..... 2.8
Alain electric motor speed, r.p.m.... 1000
Receiver drum and scrap breaker
electric motors:
Power, kW ................ 1
Speed, r.p.m ............... 1000
Floor space, mm:
Width .....................3990
Length .. 9175
Maximum height above floor level,
mm 1450
Net weight, k
g .......... approx. 8000
STANKOIMP.ORT
ROTARY SHEARS
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
MODEL HA 453
The rotary shears are designed for straight line and circular cutting of sheet
metal. With the aid of special tools, the machine can also be used for flanging
and beading operations.
The shears are widely used in sheet metal cutting shops of automobile and
aircraft plants as well as in the manufacture of agricultural machinery, metal
utensils and containers.
The shears comprise the following principal units: frame, drive, gear re-
ducing unit for raising and lowering the slide, upper cutter head; straight
cutting device, circular cutting device. ,
The frame is of C-shaped design and is welded of steel plates. The frame is
provided with a recess for the gear drive from the driving shaft to the.-disc
cutter shafts.
The drive is effected from an individual electric motor mounted on. the top
of the frame. Power. is transmitted from the electric motor to the flywheel-
pulley through a multiple V-belt drive and then through a system of spur and
level gears to the upper and lower disc cutters.
The gearing provides for two operating speeds depending on the material
cut and its thickness. -
Lower cutter adjustment is intended for obtaining the required clearance
between the upper and lower cutters.
The lower cutter position is regulated by a hand-operated worm gear re-
volved by handle.
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
-The worn gear reducing unit serves for raising and lowering the slide of the
upper cutter head. The unit is driven by an individual reversible electric motor
through a flexible coupling.
The upper cutter head comprises a bracket fastened to the frame and a slide
connected to the gear reducing unit by means of the adjusting screw. Slide
adjustment in height regulates the position of 'cutter edges and allows the most
effective cutting conditions to be obtained.
The straight cutting device is for slitting sheet metal into strips of required
width. The device comprises an adjustable stop with a clamp and a scale.
The circular cutting device is. a separate unit. It consists of a C-shaped
welded frame with a centering and clamping device. The frame is mounted on
a supporting member and can be moved along its guides by means of a hand-
operated screw device. The required cutting radius is set to a scale fastened
to the frame.
The lubricating system is of a combined type: centralized grease lubrication
of the principal friction surfaces by a hand-operated pump station through
measuring feeders; individual grease lubrication by a grease gun through ball-
type grease cups; individual oil lubrication by an oil-can.
The shears are delivered complete with the main electric motor, a reversible
gear reducing unit electric motor, starting and protecting equipment and wiring
in flexible metal conduit, a set of disc cutters, straight cutting device with
scale, circular cutting device with scale (scales are graduated in metric units),
a set of V-belts, lubricating equipment with piping and measuring feeders,
grease gun, oil-can, a set of wrenches and all the necessary technical instructions
for installation and operation.
Maximum thickness of sheet metal
cut (mm) with an ultimate strength
of 50 kg/sq.mm ................ 10
Gap, mm.. 920
Cutting speeds, in /min .. 1.6; 2.5; 3.2; 5.0
Diameter of disc cutters, mm ..... 155
Gap of circular cutting device, mm. . 1810
Maximum diameter of circle cut out
of square sheet, mm ........... 2500
Minimum diameter of circle cut, mm 400
Minimum width of strip cut, mm... 300
Maximum width of strip cut, mm... 780
Main electric motor power, kW ... 4 to 9
Main electric motor speed,
r.p.m. ... 465 to 1420
Gear reducing unit electric motor
power, kW ... ...... 2.8
Gear reducing unit electric motor
speed, r.p.m.................... 1000
Overall dimensions with circular cut-
ting device, mm:
Length .................... 5940
Width .................... 1210
Height .... .. 2545
Net weight with circular cutting de-
vice, kg ............... approx. 5900
YSESOJUZNOJE EXPORTNO-I31PORTNOJE OBJEDINENIJE
""STANKOIMPORT"
EXPORTS AND IMPORTS:
Machine Tools
Wood-,vorking Machinery
Metal-Working Machinery (Presses, Hammers, Shears, Cold Forming
Machines, Punching Machines)
Rolling Mills (imports)
Measuring Instruments and Apparatus (for metal industry)
Testing Machines and Instruments (for metals)
Optical Instruments and Equipment
Portable Electric and Pneumatic Tools (for metal and woodworking)
Metal and Wood Cutting Tools
Mechanic's Tools and Chucks
Sintered Carbide and Hard-Alloy Products
Abrasive Products
Ball and Roller Bearings
Microscopes of all types
Motion-Picture Equipment and Accessories
Geodetic Instruments and Equipment
Photographic Cameras
Binoculars
Magnifiers
Lenses
Crude Optical Glass Blocks and Blanks, etc.
Design and specifications of the metal working machinery illustrated
herein are subject to change without notice.
STANKOIMPORT
Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5
 Declassified in Part - Sanitized Copy Approved for Release 2013/02/25: CIA-RDP81-01043R001800080005-5